WO2024093441A1 - Communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024093441A1
WO2024093441A1 PCT/CN2023/113374 CN2023113374W WO2024093441A1 WO 2024093441 A1 WO2024093441 A1 WO 2024093441A1 CN 2023113374 W CN2023113374 W CN 2023113374W WO 2024093441 A1 WO2024093441 A1 WO 2024093441A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal quality
air interface
network
electronic device
base station
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/113374
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李海波
罗飞
杜永光
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2024093441A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024093441A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0033Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection with transfer of context information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.
  • the mobile phone can support up to the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication technology standard
  • 5th generation, 5G fifth generation
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone is in idle state, even if the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak, the mobile phone will still stay on the 5G network.
  • the network side When the mobile phone returns to the connected state, it is expected that the network side will issue an instruction to switch the mobile phone to the fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) network through the mobile phone reporting B1 event or B2 event.
  • the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2.
  • the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are all configured by the network side.
  • the threshold value of the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side may be unreasonable, resulting in the failure to trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak.
  • the mobile phone needs to make a call, when the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak, it does not switch to the 4G network as expected, but still makes a call through the 5G network, resulting in low call quality and poor call experience.
  • the present application provides a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium, which can improve the call quality of electronic devices.
  • the technical solution is as follows:
  • a communication method is provided, the method being applied to an electronic device, the electronic device supporting a first mobile communication technical standard and a second mobile communication technical standard, the first mobile communication technical standard being higher than the second mobile communication technical standard.
  • a network based on the first mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a first network, and an air interface of the first network is referred to as a first air interface;
  • a network based on the second mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a second network, and an air interface of the second network is referred to as a second air interface.
  • the first mobile communication technology standard may be the highest mobile communication technology standard among multiple mobile communication technology standards that the electronic device can support. In this case, the electronic device should normally reside in the first network as much as possible to ensure a high residency ratio of the first network.
  • electronic devices can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards.
  • the 5G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard
  • the 5G network is the first network
  • the new radio (NR) is the first air interface
  • the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard
  • the 4G network is the second network
  • the long term evolution (LTE) air interface is the second air interface.
  • electronic devices should stay in the 5G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • electronic devices can support up to 4G mobile communication technology standards.
  • the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard
  • the 4G network is the first network
  • the LTE air interface is the first air interface
  • the third generation The 3rd generation (3G) mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard
  • the 3G network is the second network
  • the code division multiple access (CDMA) air interface is the second air interface.
  • the electronic device should reside in the 4G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the first air interface signal quality is obtained while the electronic device resides in the first network. If the preset condition is determined to be met according to the first air interface signal quality, target information is sent to the base station, and the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor. That is, if it is determined according to the quality of the first air interface signal that the preset condition is met, it indicates that the call quality of the first network is poor, and thus the electronic device can send target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can make a call by falling back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call.
  • the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network
  • the electronic device when the electronic device needs to make a call, it can use the evolved packet system fallback (EPSFB) technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use the voice over long term evolution (VOLTE) call.
  • EPSFB evolved packet system fallback
  • VOLTE voice over long term evolution
  • the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network
  • CSFB circuit switched fallback
  • the electronic device when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station, so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
  • the electronic device can fall back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call, that is, the electronic device is connected to the second network when making a call.
  • the electronic device can return to the first network from the second network.
  • the electronic device can return from the second network to the first network based on the FastReturn mechanism, that is, the electronic device is connected to the first network when not making a call. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device stays in the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances, without affecting the user experience.
  • the operation of sending the target information to the base station may be implemented in the following two possible ways:
  • the first possible method is: if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality; if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station.
  • the preset condition is: when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; or, when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality.
  • the target information is a target event.
  • the target event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the target event can be a B event, such as a B1 event or a B2 event.
  • the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2.
  • the threshold value 1 and the threshold value 2 can be The threshold values may be the same or different.
  • the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are both configured on the network side.
  • an electronic device receives a call request message, it means that another device, as a calling device, requests to talk to the electronic device. If an electronic device sends a call request message, it means that the electronic device, as a calling device, requests to talk to another device. In both cases, the electronic device is about to make a call.
  • the electronic device When an electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station.
  • the base station After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is better than the first air interface signal quality, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station.
  • the base station After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the first scenario is that the target event is triggered normally according to the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal and its threshold value. That is, the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal is higher than the threshold value, and reports the B1 event to the base station; or, the electronic device normally triggers the B2 event when it detects that the service cell signal is weaker than the threshold value 1 and the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal is stronger than the threshold value 2, and reports the B2 event to the base station.
  • the second situation is to trigger the target event in the first possible way mentioned above. That is, when a call request message is received or a call request message is issued, if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, then regardless of the size relationship between the current heterosystem neighboring cell signal and its threshold value, the B1 event or B2 event is directly triggered, and the B1 event or B2 event is reported to the base station.
  • the present application can also trigger the B1 event or B2 event in the case of a weak first air interface signal through the first possible way mentioned above, thereby ensuring that the electronic device can switch to the second network for a call when the first air interface signal is weak, thereby ensuring the call quality of the electronic device.
  • a second possible manner if the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station.
  • the preset condition is: the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period.
  • the target information is the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
  • the electronic device can report user equipment (UE) capability information to the base station.
  • the UE capability information includes a VONR support field.
  • the VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is false, it indicates that the electronic device does not support VONR calls, that is, does not support calls through the 5G network.
  • the first information may be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
  • the electronic device can report an attach message or a tracking area update (TAU) message to the base station.
  • the attach message or TAU message contains a voice domain preference field.
  • the voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 00, it indicates "CS Voice only", that is, the electronic device only supports CSFB, but not VOLTE calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 4G network.
  • the first information can be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 00.
  • the quality of the first air interface signal is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the quality of the first air interface signal is in a relatively poor state for a long time.
  • the call quality of the first network is likely to be relatively poor, so the electronic device can send a first message to the base station. Since the first information indicates that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, after receiving the first information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, and then instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase, that is, instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device can trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase by sending the first information to the base station, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also adjust the first preset duration in some specific situations. This is explained below:
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality while residing in the first network; if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is set as the initial value.
  • the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be lowered, that is, the duration for which the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the first information can be sent to the base station as soon as possible to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the first preset time length is reduced to send the first information to the base station when it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good
  • the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase
  • it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used during the call back to the first network during the call establishment phase due to the poor quality of the second air interface signal.
  • the electronic device switches the network used during the call back and forth between the first network and the second network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
  • the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the first air interface signal quality below the first signal quality threshold, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the first information is sent to the base station when the first air interface signal quality is poor for a long time, so as to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the initial value is a pre-set value, such as the value that can be set by the technician according to actual needs. to set it up.
  • the electronic device may also send second information to the base station under certain circumstances to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  • the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station.
  • the UE capability information includes a VONR support field.
  • the VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is true, it indicates that the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, it supports calls through the 5G network.
  • the second information can be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
  • the electronic device can report an attach message or a TAU message to the base station.
  • the attach message or the TAU message contains a voice domain preference field.
  • the voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 11, it indicates "IMS PS Voice preferred, CS Voice as secondary", that is, the electronic device supports both CSFB and VOLTE calls, but prefers VOLTE calls, that is, the electronic device supports calls through the 4G network.
  • the second information may be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 11.
  • the base station learns that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, and will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the electronic device sends the first information to the base station. After a long period of time (i.e., the second preset time), the quality of the first air interface signal is likely to have returned to normal. Therefore, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, the second information is sent to the base station.
  • the electronic device can send second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
  • the electronic device After the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station.
  • the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the first air interface signal quality is in a relatively good state for a long time.
  • the call quality of the first network is relatively good, and thus the electronic device
  • the device may send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, then the second information is sent to the base station; if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, then the second information is sent to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the electronic device can send a second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
  • the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device can send the second information to the base station.
  • the electronic device will not send the second information to the base station within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station. In this case, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station after the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, after a long time (i.e., the second preset time period), the first air interface signal quality is likely to have returned to normal, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make calls through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • a communication device wherein the communication device has the function of implementing the communication method in the first aspect.
  • the communication device includes at least one module, and the at least one module is used to implement the communication method provided in the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a third aspect, is provided, wherein the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a program that supports the communication device to execute the communication method provided in the first aspect, and to store data involved in implementing the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the processor is configured to execute the program stored in the memory.
  • the communication device may also include a communication bus, wherein the communication bus is used to establish a connection between the processor and the memory.
  • a computer-readable storage medium wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed on a computer, the computer executes the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a block diagram of a software system of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a VONR call provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a first communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a third communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes an electronic device 100 and a base station 200.
  • the electronic device 100 and the base station 200 can communicate with each other via a wireless connection.
  • the base station 200 may also be referred to as an access network device.
  • the base station 200 may be a stand-alone network.
  • the base station 200 may be a base station under a wireless network (SA), or a base station under a non-stand-alone network (NSA), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • SA wireless network
  • NSA non-stand-alone network
  • the base station 200 may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a 2G network based on the second generation (2G) mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be a base station (node B, NB) in a 3G network based on the 3G mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be an evolutionary base station (eNB) in a 4G network based on the 4G mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be a next generation base station (next generation node B, gNB) in a 5G network based on the 5G mobile communication technology standard.
  • the base station 200 may also be a base station in a network based on other mobile communication technology standards, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the 4G network may also be referred to as an LTE network.
  • the electronic device 100 may also be referred to as a UE.
  • the electronic device 100 may support a variety of mobile communication technology standards, for example, it may support 2G mobile communication technology standards, 3G mobile communication technology standards, 4G mobile communication technology standards, 5G mobile communication technology standards, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a digital camera, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wearable device, a laptop computer, etc.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 accesses a certain network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the base station 200 in the network.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 accesses a 3G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the NB in the 3G network; when the electronic device 100 accesses a 4G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the eNB in the 4G network; when the electronic device 100 accesses a 5G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the gNB in the 5G network.
  • the electronic device 100 involved in the embodiment of the present application is described below.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, a mobile communication module 150, a wireless communication module 160, an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, a sensor module 180, a button 190, a motor 191, an indicator 192, a camera 193, a display screen 194, and a SIM card interface 195, etc.
  • a processor 110 an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, a mobile communication module 150, a wireless communication module 160, an
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, a bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange the components differently.
  • the components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (GPU), an image signal processor (ISP), a controller, a memory, a video codec, a digital signal processor (DSP), a baseband processor, and/or a neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • GPU graphics processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller a memory
  • video codec a digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • Different processing units may be independent devices or integrated into one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100.
  • the controller may generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may store instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or cyclically used. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it may be directly called from the memory. This avoids repeated access, reduces the waiting time of the processor 110, and thus improves the efficiency of the system.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from a wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142, it may also power the electronic device 100 through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle number, battery health status (leakage, impedance), etc.
  • the power management module 141 can also be set in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 can also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communications including 2G/3G/4G/5G, etc., applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, and perform filtering, amplification, and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1.
  • at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be arranged in the processor 110.
  • at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be arranged in the same device as at least some of the modules of the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless communication solutions including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared (IR) and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared
  • the wireless communication module 160 can be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, modulates the frequency of the electromagnetic wave signal and performs filtering processing, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, modulate the frequency of the signal, amplify the signal, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2.
  • the electronic device 100 implements the display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the ISP, the camera 193, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application Processor and other components to realize the shooting function.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. For example, files such as music and videos can be stored in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 can be used to store computer executable program codes, which include instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running the instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the program storage area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the data storage area may store data created by the electronic device 100 during use (such as audio data, a phone book, etc.), etc.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • UFS universal flash storage
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions, such as music playback, recording, etc., through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D and the application processor.
  • audio functions such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 can be arranged in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 can be arranged in the processor 110.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195.
  • the electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, and the like. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications.
  • the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, i.e., an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-core architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the Android system of the layered architecture as an example to exemplify the software system of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG3 is a block diagram of a software system of an electronic device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, each layer having a clear role and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
  • the Android system includes an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system layer, and a kernel layer.
  • the application layer may include a series of applications. As shown in FIG3 , the applications may include camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, short message, and other applications.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and a programming framework for the applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, Notification manager, etc.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and obtain data and make these data accessible to applications. These data may include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, etc.
  • the view system can be used to build the display interface of the application.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views, for example, including a view for displaying a text message notification icon, including a view for displaying text, and including a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100, such as management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages and can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the top status bar of the system in the form of an icon or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window, such as a text message in the status bar, a reminder sound, a vibration of an electronic device, a flashing indicator light, etc.
  • Android runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one is the function that the Java language needs to call, and the other is the Android core library.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in the virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the Java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
  • the system layer can include multiple functional modules, such as: surface manager, media library, 3D graphics processing library (such as: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (such as: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provide the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing, etc.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes display driver, camera driver, audio driver, sensor driver, etc.
  • the mobile phone can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards, in order to ensure a high resident ratio of the 5G network, when the mobile phone is in the idle state or when the data service throughput of the mobile phone is relatively low, even if the air interface (ie NR) signal of the 5G network is already weak, such as the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the NR signal is already -115dbm (decibel milliwatts), the mobile phone will still stay on the 5G network.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2.
  • the threshold values 1 and 2 can be the same or different.
  • the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are all configured by the network side.
  • the threshold value of the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side is unreasonable, resulting in the failure to trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the NR signal is weak.
  • the RSRP of the NR signal is good but the reference signal received quality (RSRQ) is poor.
  • the RSRP of the NR signal is -100dbm and the RSRQ is -15db.
  • the RSRP of the NR signal is good, the mobile phone will use VONR calls, but since the RSRQ of the NR signal is poor, the call quality of VONR calls is very poor and intermittent.
  • the RSRP of the NR signal is poor, such as -120dbm.
  • the session initiation protocol (SIP) signaling and non-access stratum (NAS) information are difficult to send, resulting in a long call establishment time.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the mobile phone can disable the 5G SA capability, so that when a call is needed, the EPSFB technology can be used to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
  • 5G SA networks are becoming less and less. After the mobile phone disables the 5G SA capability, it may be unable to access the 5G NSA network and can only stay on the 4G network when there is no need for calls. Users are generally unwilling to accept mobile phones that can support 5G networks to stay on the 4G network for a long time, which will seriously affect the user experience.
  • a mobile phone can support both 4G mobile communication technology standards and 5G mobile communication technology standards.
  • the air interface of the 4G network can be the LTE air interface
  • the air interface of the 5G network can be the NR.
  • the base station using the LTE air interface is the eNB of the 4G network
  • the base station using the NR is the gNB of the 5G network.
  • the mobile phone normally resides in the 5G network, and VONR calls can be supported at this time.
  • the NR signal is normal, the mobile phone can make calls through NR, that is, make VONR calls, and the call quality is good at this time.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone is in an idle state, even if the NR signal becomes weak, for example, the RSRP of the NR signal is normal but the RSRQ is poor, the mobile phone will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone is in an idle state, even if the NR signal becomes weak, for example, the RSRP of the NR signal becomes poor, the mobile phone will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor. In some other cases, when the threshold value configuration in the B1 event or B2 event is unreasonable on the network side, the mobile phone cannot trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the NR signal is weak, so it will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which an electronic device can actively measure the NR signal quality while residing in a 5G network.
  • target information can be sent to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the 4G network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device can actively report to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call establishment phase. That is, the embodiment of the present application can enable the electronic device to select a better network during a call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and improving the user's call experience.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may support a first mobile communication technical standard and a second mobile communication technical standard, and the first mobile communication technical standard is higher than the second mobile communication technical standard.
  • a network based on the first mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a first network, and an air interface of the first network is referred to as a first air interface;
  • a network based on the second mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a second network, and an air interface of the second network is referred to as a second air interface.
  • the first mobile communication technology standard may be the highest mobile communication technology standard among multiple mobile communication technology standards that the electronic device can support. In this case, the electronic device should normally reside in the first network as much as possible to ensure a high residency ratio of the first network.
  • electronic devices can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards.
  • the 5G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard
  • the 5G network is the first network
  • the NR is the first air interface
  • the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard
  • the 4G network is the second network
  • the LTE air interface is the second air interface.
  • electronic devices should stay on the 5G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • an electronic device can support up to the 4G mobile communication technology standard.
  • the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard
  • the 4G network is the first network
  • the LTE air interface is the first air interface
  • the 3G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard
  • the 3G network is the second network
  • the CDMA air interface is the second air interface.
  • the electronic device should stay on the 4G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG5 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 The electronic device obtains a first air interface signal quality while residing in a first network.
  • the first air interface signal quality is used to reflect the strength of the first air interface signal. That is, the better the first air interface signal quality is, the stronger the first air interface signal is; the worse the first air interface signal quality is, the weaker the first air interface signal is.
  • the signal quality of the first air interface can reflect the quality of the call through the first network to a certain extent. That is, when the signal quality of the first air interface is relatively good, the call quality of the electronic device through the first network is relatively good; and when the signal quality of the first air interface is relatively poor, the call quality of the electronic device through the first network is not good.
  • the electronic device may continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely monitor the strength of the current first air interface signal.
  • the electronic device may directly detect the first air interface signal quality when residing in the first network.
  • the first air interface signal quality may be characterized by one or more features of the first air interface signal.
  • the first air interface signal quality may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the RSRQ of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the first air interface signal.
  • the first air interface signal quality may also be jointly characterized by two or more of the RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, and RSSI of the first air interface signal, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Step 502 If it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that the preset condition is met, the electronic device sends target information to the base station, and the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor. That is, if the preset condition is met according to the first air interface signal quality, it indicates that the call quality of the first network is poor, so the electronic device can send target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the call on the first network In the case of poor quality, the electronic device can make a call by falling back from the first network to the second network when a call is needed.
  • the electronic device can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls when a call is needed.
  • the electronic device can use circuit switched fallback (CSFB) technology to fall back from the 4G network to the 3G network to use 3G calls when a call is needed.
  • CSFB circuit switched fallback
  • the electronic device when the call quality of the electronic device on the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station, so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
  • the electronic device can fall back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call, that is, the electronic device is connected to the second network when making a call.
  • the electronic device can return to the first network from the second network.
  • the electronic device can return from the second network to the first network based on the FastReturn mechanism, that is, the electronic device is connected to the first network when not making a call. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device stays in the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances, without affecting the user experience.
  • the preset conditions can be set in advance, such as the preset conditions can be set by the technicians according to actual needs, as long as they are conditions that can reflect the poor call quality of the first network.
  • the target information can also be set in advance, such as the target information can be set by the technicians according to actual needs, as long as it can be used to trigger the base station to switch the network used by the electronic device during the call establishment phase.
  • step 502 may be implemented in the following two possible ways:
  • the first possible method is: if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality; if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station.
  • the preset condition is: when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; or, when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality.
  • the target information is a target event.
  • the target event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the target time can be a B event, such as a B1 event or a B2 event.
  • the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value.
  • the B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2.
  • the threshold value 1 and the threshold value 2 can be the same or different.
  • the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are both configured on the network side.
  • the second air interface signal quality is used to reflect the strength of the second air interface signal. That is, the better the second air interface signal quality is, the stronger the second air interface signal is; the worse the second air interface signal quality is, the weaker the second air interface signal is.
  • the signal quality of the second air interface can reflect the quality of the call through the second network to a certain extent. That is, when the signal quality of the second air interface is relatively good, the call quality of the electronic device through the second network is relatively good; and when the signal quality of the second air interface is relatively poor, the call quality of the electronic device through the second network is not good.
  • the electronic device may directly detect the second air interface signal quality.
  • the second air interface signal quality may be characterized by one or more characteristics of the second air interface signal.
  • the second air interface signal quality may be the RSRP of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the RSRQ of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the SINR of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the RSSI of the second air interface signal.
  • the second air interface signal quality may also be jointly characterized by two or more of the RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, and RSSI of the second air interface signal, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal may be the same or different.
  • the quality of the first air interface signal may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal
  • the quality of the second air interface signal may be the RSRP of the second air interface signal.
  • the characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal are the same.
  • the quality of the first air interface signal may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal
  • the quality of the second air interface signal may be the RSRQ of the second air interface signal.
  • the characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal are different.
  • the first signal quality threshold may be set in advance, such as the first signal quality threshold may be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the first signal quality threshold may be set to be smaller. In this case, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it indicates that the first air interface signal quality is poor.
  • the fourth signal quality threshold may be set in advance, such as the fourth signal quality threshold may be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the fourth signal quality threshold may be set larger. In this case, if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it indicates that the second air interface signal quality is better.
  • the fourth signal quality threshold may be greater than the first signal quality threshold.
  • an electronic device receives a call request message, it means that another device, as a calling device, requests to talk to the electronic device. If an electronic device sends a call request message, it means that the electronic device, as a calling device, requests to talk to another device. In both cases, the electronic device is about to make a call.
  • the electronic device When an electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station.
  • the base station After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is better than the first air interface signal quality, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station.
  • the base station After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the triggering of the target event has the following two situations:
  • the first scenario is that the target event is triggered normally according to the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system and its threshold value. That is, the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value, and reports the B1 event to the base station; or the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1 and the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. Trigger the B2 event and report the B2 event to the base station.
  • the second situation is to trigger the target event in the first possible way mentioned above. That is, when a call request message is received or a call request message is issued, if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, then the size relationship between the current heterosystem neighboring area signal and its threshold value is not considered, and the B1 event or B2 event is directly triggered, and the B1 event or B2 event is reported to the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application can also trigger the B1 event or B2 event in the case of a weak first air interface signal through the first possible way mentioned above, thereby ensuring that the electronic device can switch to the second network for a call when the first air interface signal is weak, and thus the call quality of the electronic device can be guaranteed.
  • a second possible manner if the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station.
  • the preset condition is: the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period.
  • the target information is the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
  • the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station.
  • the UE capability information includes a VONR support field.
  • the VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is false, it indicates that the electronic device does not support VONR calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 5G network.
  • the first information may be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
  • the electronic device can report an attach message or a TAU message to the base station.
  • the attach message or the TAU message contains a voice domain preference field.
  • the voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 00, it indicates "CS Voice only", that is, the electronic device only supports CSFB but not VOLTE calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 4G network.
  • the first information can be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 00.
  • the first preset duration can be set in advance, such as the first preset duration can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the first preset duration can be set to be longer.
  • the quality of the first air interface signal is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the quality of the first air interface signal is in a relatively poor state for a long time.
  • the call quality of the first network is likely to be relatively poor, so the electronic device can send a first message to the base station. Since the first information indicates that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, after receiving the first information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, and then instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase, that is, instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device can trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase by sending the first information to the base station, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device does not send the first information to the base station, and at this time the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  • the call quality of the first network should be better, so the electronic device can make calls through the first network. At this time, the call quality of the electronic device is better.
  • the electronic device may also adjust the first preset duration in some specific situations. This is explained below:
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality while residing in the first network; if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is set as the initial value.
  • the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal.
  • the electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
  • the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be lowered, that is, the duration for which the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the first information can be sent to the base station as soon as possible to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the first preset time length is reduced to send the first information to the base station when it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good
  • the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase
  • it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used during the call back to the first network during the call establishment phase due to the poor quality of the second air interface signal.
  • the electronic device switches the network used during the call back and forth between the first network and the second network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
  • the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the first air interface signal quality below the first signal quality threshold, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the first information is sent to the base station when the first air interface signal quality is poor for a long time, so as to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the initial value is a pre-set value, such as can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the electronic device may also send second information to the base station under certain circumstances to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  • the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station.
  • the UE capability information includes a VONR support field.
  • the VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is true, it indicates that the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, it supports calls through the 5G network.
  • the second information can be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
  • the electronic device can send a signal to the base station.
  • Report an attach message or a TAU message the attach message or the TAU message includes a voice domain preference field
  • the voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network.
  • the value of the voice domain preference field is 11, it indicates "IMS PS Voice preferred, CS Voice as secondary", that is, the electronic device supports both CSFB and VOLTE calls, but prefers VOLTE calls, that is, the electronic device supports calls through the 4G network.
  • the second information may be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 11.
  • the base station learns that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, and will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the second preset duration can be set in advance, such as the second preset duration can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the second preset duration can be set longer.
  • the first preset duration and the second preset duration can be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the electronic device may start a timer after sending the first information to the base station, and may send the second information to the base station after the timer times out.
  • the duration of the timer may be a second preset duration.
  • the electronic device sends the first information to the base station. After a long period of time (i.e., the second preset time), the signal quality of the first air interface is likely to have returned to normal. Therefore, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, the second information is sent to the base station.
  • the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal.
  • the electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
  • the second signal quality threshold can be set in advance, such as the second signal quality threshold can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the second signal quality threshold can be set smaller. In this case, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor.
  • the first signal quality threshold and the second signal quality threshold can be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. Optionally, the first signal quality threshold is close to the second signal quality threshold.
  • the electronic device can send second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
  • the electronic device when the signal quality of the first air interface is poor for a long time, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the signal quality of the first air interface has not improved, but the electronic device detects that the signal quality of the second air interface is poor and worse than the signal quality of the first air interface.
  • the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network, so it is necessary to switch back to the first network for the call. Therefore, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device when the signal quality of the first air interface is poor for a long time, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the signal quality of the first air interface begins to improve, and the electronic device detects that the signal quality of the second air interface is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality that has improved.
  • the call quality of the first network is better than the call quality of the second network, so it can switch back to the first network for the call. Therefore, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
  • the electronic device After the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station.
  • the third signal quality threshold can be set in advance, such as the third signal quality threshold can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
  • the third signal quality threshold can be set larger. In this case, if the first air interface signal quality is higher than the third signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is better.
  • the third signal quality threshold can be greater than the first signal quality threshold, and can be greater than the second signal quality threshold.
  • the third signal quality threshold and the fourth signal quality threshold can be the same or different, and optionally, the third signal quality threshold and the fourth signal quality threshold can be close.
  • the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, then the second information is sent to the base station; if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, then the second information is sent to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal.
  • the electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
  • the electronic device can send a second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
  • the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device within the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if any one of the two conditions of "the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality" and "the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period" is met, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station.
  • the electronic device will not send the second information to the base station within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station. In this case, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station after the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, after a long time (i.e., the second preset time period), the first air interface signal quality is likely to have returned to normal, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make calls through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
  • the electronic device after the electronic device sends the second information to the base station in the above four situations, it can continue to obtain the first air interface signal quality, so as to send the first information to the base station again when the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, and after sending the first information to the base station, the second information can be sent to the base station according to the above four situations.
  • the base station can be selectively triggered according to the air interface signal quality to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network or the second network during the call establishment phase, thereby ensuring the call quality of the electronic device during the entire use process.
  • the electronic device obtains the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network. If it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality, it means that the call quality of the first network is poor. In this case, the electronic device sends target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
  • the following takes the first mobile communication technology standard as the 5G mobile communication technology standard, the first network as the 5G network, the first air interface as the NR, the second mobile communication technology standard as the 4G mobile communication technology standard, the second network as the 4G network, and the second air interface as the LTE air interface as an example to illustrate the above communication method.
  • the first air interface signal quality is the NR signal quality
  • the second air interface signal quality is the LTE signal quality.
  • the electronic device includes an application processor (AP) and a modem (MD).
  • AP application processor
  • MD modem
  • the MD can serve as part or all of a baseband processor (BP).
  • BP baseband processor
  • the above communication method is exemplarily described in conjunction with FIG. 6 .
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG6 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 601 The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
  • the VONR capability of the electronic device is turned on, and the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, supports calls through the NR of the 5G network.
  • the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information reported by the electronic device to the base station is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
  • Step 602 The electronic device makes a VONR call.
  • the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
  • Step 603 The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
  • the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD and notified to the AP.
  • Step 604 The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality continues to be in a relatively poor state; if not, it continues to monitor the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 605.
  • the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is continuously low (e.g., lower than a first signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (e.g., a first preset period of time). If the NR signal quality is not continuously low for a certain period of time, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored. If the NR signal quality is continuously low for a certain period of time, the following step 605 is performed.
  • a first signal quality threshold e.g., a first preset period of time
  • Step 605 The electronic device turns off the VONR capability.
  • the AP may notify the MD to disable the VONR capability.
  • the electronic device can also start a timer, such as the AP can start the timer.
  • the duration of the timer can be a preset duration, such as a second preset duration.
  • Step 606 The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station.
  • the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false, indicating that the electronic device does not support VONR calls.
  • the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
  • the base station After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support VONR calls. It will instruct the electronic device to use VOLTE calls during the call establishment phase, that is, it will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the LTE air interface of the 4G network during the call establishment phase.
  • Step 607 The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
  • the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
  • Step 608 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is poor; if so, execute the following step 609; if not, execute the following step 610.
  • the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold; if so, execute the following step 609; if not, execute the following step 610.
  • Step 609 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality; if so, continue to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if not, execute the following step 612.
  • the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality.
  • Step 610 The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is restored; if not, execute the following step 611; if so, execute the following step 612.
  • the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality remains high (eg, higher than a third signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (eg, a first preset period of time).
  • step 611 can be continued to be executed.
  • step 611 may not be executed, but the LTE signal quality and NR signal quality may continue to be monitored.
  • the following step 612 may be directly executed. As another example, the following step 612 may be executed after the current call ends.
  • Step 611 The electronic device determines whether the timer has timed out; if not, it continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 612.
  • the AP may determine whether the timer has timed out. If not, the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality continue to be monitored; if yes, as an example, the following step 612 may be directly executed, and as another example, the following step 612 may be executed after the current call ends.
  • Step 612 The electronic device turns on the VONR capability.
  • the AP may notify the MD to enable the VONR capability.
  • Step 613 The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station.
  • the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
  • the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
  • the base station After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports VONR calls, and will instruct the electronic device to use VONR calls during the call establishment phase, that is, instruct the electronic device to make calls through NR during the call establishment phase.
  • Step 614 The electronic device makes a VONR call.
  • the first preset time length (hereinafter referred to as T) may also be adjusted. This process is exemplarily described below in conjunction with FIG. 7 .
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG7 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
  • the VONR capability of the electronic device is turned on, and the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, supports calls through the NR of the 5G network.
  • the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information reported by the electronic device to the base station is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
  • Step 702 The electronic device makes a VONR call.
  • the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
  • Step 703 The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
  • the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD and notified to the AP.
  • the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality continues to be in a relatively poor state, specifically, whether the NR signal quality continues to be low (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold) within a first preset time period. If not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality; if so, turn off the VONR capability.
  • each time the electronic device obtains the latest measured NR signal quality it can determine whether the target tag value is the first tag value or the second tag value.
  • the target tag value is the first tag value and the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored. If the target tag value is the first tag value and the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, the target tag value is updated to the second tag value, and the current moment is recorded as the first moment; the LTE signal quality is obtained; if the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment; If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is not adjusted, and the current time is recorded as the second time.
  • the target tag value is the second tag value and the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the target tag value is updated to the first tag value, and the recorded first and second moments are deleted, and the first preset duration is set as the initial value. If the target tag value is the second tag value and the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, the LTE signal quality is obtained; if the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is reduced, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment; if the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is not adjusted, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment.
  • the VONR capability is turned off.
  • the target mark value is a predefined value used to indicate the quality of the NR signal measured last time. If the target mark value is a first mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively good (such as higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold); if the target mark value is a second mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively poor (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold).
  • the target mark value can be represented by sflag, in which case the first mark value can be false and the second mark value can be true.
  • the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively good. In this case, if the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is also relatively good, which means that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively good state. In this case, no other operations are required, and you can continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
  • the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively good. In this case, if the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, and the NR signal quality has deteriorated since this time, so the target mark value can be updated to the second mark value, and the current moment is recorded as the first moment, which is the moment when the NR signal quality begins to deteriorate. In addition, in this case, the LTE signal quality can also be obtained.
  • the preset conditions to be met for closing the VONR capability can be reduced, that is, the duration required to be met when the NR signal quality is in a relatively poor state can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the VONR capability can be closed as soon as possible.
  • the preset conditions can be adjusted without adjustment, that is, the first preset duration can be adjusted without adjustment. Afterwards, the current moment can be recorded as the second moment, and the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
  • the target tag value is the second tag value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor. In this case, if the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively good, and the NR signal quality has improved since this time, which means that the NR signal quality has improved again after a short period of deterioration. Therefore, the target tag value can be updated to the first tag value, and the recorded first and second moments can be deleted.
  • the preset conditions to be met for shutting down the VONR capability can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the NR signal quality in a relatively poor state, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the VONR capability is shut down when the NR signal quality is poor for a long time.
  • the target tag value is the second tag value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor. In this case, if the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor. If the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state, then the LTE signal quality can be obtained at this time.
  • the preset conditions to be met for shutting down the VONR capability can be lowered, that is, the duration required to be met when the NR signal quality is in a relatively poor state can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, in order to shut down the VONR capability as soon as possible.
  • the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the LTE signal quality is also relatively poor when the current NR signal quality is poor, then no adjustment can be made to the preset conditions, that is, no adjustment can be made to the first preset duration. Afterwards, the current moment can be recorded as the second moment, and the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
  • the difference in duration between the second moment of the latest record and the first moment of the record is greater than the first preset duration, it means that the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for the first preset duration, that is, the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for a long time, then the VONR capability can be turned off.
  • the first preset duration can be reduced to turn off the VONR capability when it is determined that the NR signal quality is poor and the LTE signal quality is good. Therefore, after the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call to the 4G network during the call establishment phase, it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call back to the 5G network during the call establishment phase due to the poor LTE signal quality. In this way, it can be avoided that the electronic device switches the network used for the call back and forth between the 5G network and the 4G network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
  • Step 704 Each time the electronic device obtains the latest measured NR signal quality, it determines whether the target mark value is the second mark value; if so, execute step 705; if not, execute step 707.
  • the AP may determine whether the target mark value is the second mark value each time after acquiring the latest measured NR signal quality.
  • the target mark value is the second mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively poor. If the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively good.
  • Step 705 The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is good; if so, execute step 706; if not, execute step 709.
  • the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is good. If so, step 706 is performed; if not, as an example, step 709 may be continued to be performed, and as another example, step 709 may not be performed, but step 711 may be continued to be performed.
  • the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is good. That is, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold.
  • Step 706 The electronic device sets the target tag value to the first tag value and continues to monitor the NR signal quality.
  • the AP may set the target tag value to a first tag value and continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
  • the target mark value is set to the first mark value, and the recorded first moment and second moment are deleted, and T is set to the initial value. After that, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored.
  • Step 707 The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is poor; if so, execute step 708; if not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
  • the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is poor.
  • the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is poor. That is, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is lower than the first signal quality threshold.
  • the NR signal quality measured last time was relatively good and if the NR signal quality measured this time is also relatively good, the NR signal quality will continue to be monitored.
  • Step 708 The electronic device sets the target tag value to the second tag value, and records the current moment as the first moment, and executes step 709 .
  • the AP may set the target tag value as the second tag value, and record the current time as the first time.
  • step 709 may be continued to be performed, and as another example, step 709 may not be performed, but step 711 may be continued to be performed.
  • Step 709 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is good; if so, execute steps 710 and 711; if not, execute step 711.
  • the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is good.
  • the LTE signal quality can be obtained, and it can be determined whether the LTE signal quality is good, that is, it can be determined whether the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold.
  • Step 710 The electronic device shortens the T value.
  • the T value may be shortened by the AP.
  • the T value can be shortened.
  • the T value is not adjusted.
  • Step 711 The electronic device records the current moment as the second moment, and executes step 712.
  • the AP may record the current time as the second time.
  • the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
  • Step 712 The electronic device determines whether the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T; if so, execute step 713; if not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
  • the AP may determine whether the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T.
  • duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T, it means that the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for a long time. If the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is less than T, it means that the NR signal quality is only in a relatively poor state for a short time, so the NR signal quality can continue to be monitored.
  • Step 713 The electronic device turns off the VONR capability.
  • the AP may notify the MD to disable the VONR capability.
  • the electronic device can also start a timer, such as the AP can start the timer.
  • the duration of the timer can be a preset duration, such as a second preset duration.
  • Step 714 The electronic device reports the UE capability information to the base station.
  • the VONR support word in the UE capability information The value of this segment is false, indicating that the electronic device does not support VONR calls.
  • the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
  • the base station After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support VONR calls. It will instruct the electronic device to use VOLTE calls during the call establishment phase, that is, it will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the LTE air interface of the 4G network during the call establishment phase.
  • Step 715 The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
  • the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
  • Step 716 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is poor; if so, execute the following step 717; if not, execute the following step 718.
  • the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold; if so, execute the following step 717; if not, execute the following step 718.
  • Step 717 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality; if so, continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if not, executes the following step 720.
  • the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality.
  • Step 718 The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is restored; if not, execute the following step 719; if so, execute the following step 720.
  • the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality remains high (eg, higher than a third signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (eg, a first preset period of time).
  • step 719 can be continued to be executed.
  • step 719 may not be executed, but the LTE signal quality and NR signal quality may continue to be monitored.
  • the following step 720 may be directly executed. As another example, the following step 720 may be executed after the call ends.
  • Step 719 The electronic device determines whether the timer has timed out; if not, it continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 720.
  • the AP may determine whether the timer has timed out. If not, the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality continue to be monitored; if yes, as an example, the following step 720 may be directly executed, and as another example, the following step 720 may be executed after the current call ends.
  • Step 720 The electronic device turns on the VONR capability.
  • the AP may notify the MD to enable the VONR capability.
  • Step 721 The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station.
  • the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
  • the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
  • the base station After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports VONR calls, and will instruct the electronic device to use VONR calls during the call establishment phase, that is, instruct the electronic device to make calls through NR during the call establishment phase.
  • Step 722 The electronic device makes a VONR call.
  • the above communication method is exemplarily described in conjunction with FIG. 8 .
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG8 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 801 The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
  • Step 802 The electronic device makes a VONR call.
  • the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
  • Step 803 The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
  • the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD.
  • the electronic device may continuously measure the NR signal quality, such as periodically measuring the NR signal quality.
  • Step 804 The electronic device receives a call request message.
  • the call request message may be an INVITE message.
  • Step 805 If the NR signal quality is good, the electronic device performs a VONR call.
  • the MD can determine the current NR signal quality, such as whether the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold. If the NR signal quality is good (such as higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold), it means that the call quality of the current call through NR is good, and the electronic device can make a VONR call.
  • the electronic device can send a 100Trying message to the base station to indicate that the INVITE message has been received. Afterwards, the electronic device can send a session progress message (such as a 183Session Progress message) to the base station to prompt the progress of establishing the session. Afterwards, the electronic device and the base station can perform packet data unit (PDU) session modification (Session Modify) signaling interaction to establish a session. After the session is successfully established, the electronic device can make a VONR call.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • Session Modify Session Modify
  • Step 806 The electronic device receives a call request message.
  • Step 807 If the NR signal quality is poor, the electronic device measures the LTE signal quality.
  • the MD can determine the current NR signal quality, such as whether the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold. If the NR signal quality is poor (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold), it means that the call quality during the current call via NR is poor, and the MD can measure the LTE signal quality.
  • Step 808 The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is good; if so, execute step 809.
  • the MD may determine whether the LTE signal quality is good.
  • the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth quality threshold and/or higher than the NR signal quality, it can be determined that the LTE signal quality is good. If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth quality threshold and lower than or equal to the NR signal quality, it can be determined that the LTE signal quality is poor.
  • the LTE signal quality is poor, it means that the call quality when currently making a call through the LTE air interface is worse than the call quality when making a call through NR.
  • the call should still be made through NR, that is, the electronic device still makes a VONR call.
  • the electronic device can send a 100Trying message to the base station, indicating that the INVITE message has been received.
  • the electronic device can send a session progress message to the base station to prompt the progress of establishing the session.
  • the electronic device and the base station can perform PDU Session Modify signaling interaction to establish a session. After the session is successfully established, the electronic device can make a VONR call.
  • Step 809 The electronic device sends event B to the base station.
  • the B event may be sent by the MD to the base station.
  • the electronic device can send a B event to the base station. After the base station receives the B event, it will know that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, and it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (that is, the cell of the 4G network) during the call establishment stage.
  • the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the 4G network, that is, during the call establishment stage, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the 4G network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
  • Step 810 The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
  • the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
  • the electronic device can send a 100Trying message to the base station (this is the base station of the 5G network) to indicate that the INVITE message has been received.
  • a B event can also be sent to the base station (the base station of the 5G network) before or after sending the 100Trying message to the base station (the base station of the 5G network).
  • the base station instructs the electronic device to redirect or switch to a neighboring area of a different system (ie, a cell of the 4G network), so that the electronic device can reside in the 4G network.
  • the electronic device can send a session progress message to the base station (this is the base station of the 4G network) to prompt the progress of establishing the session, and then establish a dedicated bearer between the electronic device and the base station (the base station of the 4G network). After that, the electronic device can make a VOLTE call.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application, which can be implemented as part or all of a computer device by software, hardware, or a combination of both, and the computer device can be the electronic device 100 described in the embodiments of FIG2-FIG3 above.
  • the device is applied to an electronic device, and the electronic device supports a first mobile communication technology standard and a second mobile communication technology standard, and the first mobile communication technology standard is higher than the second mobile communication technology standard.
  • the device includes: a first acquiring module 901 and a first sending module 902 .
  • a first acquisition module 901 is used to acquire a first air interface signal quality when the electronic device resides in a first network, where the first network is a network based on a first mobile communication technical standard, and the first air interface is an air interface of the first network;
  • the first sending module 902 is used to send target information to the base station if it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality.
  • the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
  • the second network is a network based on the second mobile communication technology standard.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor.
  • the first sending module 902 is used to:
  • first information is sent to the base station, where the first information is target information and is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
  • the device further comprises:
  • the second sending module is used to send second information to the base station after a second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, where the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a second acquisition module configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
  • the second sending module is used to send second information to the base station if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports the second air interface signal quality.
  • a network for making calls is used to send second information to the base station if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports the second air interface signal quality.
  • the device further comprises:
  • the second sending module is used to send second information to the base station after sending the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a second acquisition module configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
  • a second sending module configured to send second information to the base station within a second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network;
  • the second sending module is further used to send the second information to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a second acquisition module configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality when the electronic device resides in the first network, the second air interface being an air interface of the second network;
  • the setting module is used to reduce the first preset duration if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, set the first preset duration to an initial value.
  • the first sending module 902 is used to:
  • the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when the call request message is received or the call request message is sent, obtaining the second air interface signal quality, where the second air interface is the air interface of the second network;
  • a target event is sent to the base station, the target event is target information, and the target event is used to indicate that the heterosystem neighboring cell signal is higher than the threshold value.
  • the target event is a B event
  • the B event is a B1 event or a B2 event.
  • the electronic device obtains the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network. If it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality, it means that the call quality of the first network is poor. In this case, the electronic device sends target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and improving the user's call experience.
  • the functional units and modules in the above embodiments may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units may adopt The hardware form can also be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the specific names of the functional units and modules are only for the convenience of distinguishing each other and are not used to limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device and communication method embodiments provided in the above embodiments belong to the same concept.
  • the specific working process of the units and modules in the above embodiments and the technical effects brought about can be found in the method embodiment part and will not be repeated here.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as: coaxial cable, optical fiber, data subscriber line (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (such as: infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state drive (SSD)), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a communication method and apparatus, a device and a storage medium. In the method, an electronic device acquires first air interface signal quality during the process of camping on a first network, a first air interface being an air interface of the first network; and if it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that a preset condition is met, it is indicated that the call quality of the first network is poor and, in this case, the electronic device sends target information to a base station, so as to trigger the base station to instruct at a call setup stage the electronic device to make a call via a second network. Thus, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can proactively report the target information to the base station, so that the base station can switch at the call setup stage the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network. Therefore, the electronic device selects a better network during the call according to the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the call experience of users.

Description

通信方法、装置、设备和存储介质Communication method, device, equipment and storage medium
本申请要求于2022年10月31日提交到国家知识产权局、申请号为202211343715.8、申请名称为“通信方法、装置、设备和存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on October 31, 2022, with application number 202211343715.8 and application name “Communication methods, devices, equipment and storage media”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种通信方法、装置、设备和存储介质。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
在手机最高可支持第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信技术标准的情况下,为了保证5G网络的高驻留比,在手机处于空闲态时,即使5G网络的空口信号已经偏弱了,但也依旧会让手机驻留在5G网络。当手机恢复到连接态时,预期通过手机测报B1事件或B2事件来使网络侧下发指示让手机切换到第四代(4th generation,4G)网络。其中,B1事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。B2事件用于指示服务小区信号弱于门限值1,而异系统邻区信号强于门限值2。B1事件和B2事件中的门限值均是网络侧配置的。In the case where the mobile phone can support up to the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication technology standard, in order to ensure a high resident ratio of the 5G network, when the mobile phone is in idle state, even if the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak, the mobile phone will still stay on the 5G network. When the mobile phone returns to the connected state, it is expected that the network side will issue an instruction to switch the mobile phone to the fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) network through the mobile phone reporting B1 event or B2 event. Among them, the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. The B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. The threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are all configured by the network side.
然而,相关技术中,网络侧配置的B1事件或B2事件中的门限值有可能是不合理的,导致在5G网络的空口信号较弱的情况下也无法触发B1事件或B2事件。这就导致目前手机在需要通话时,在5G网络的空口信号较弱的情况下,并未如预期的切换到4G网络进行通话,而是依旧会通过5G网络进行通话,从而导致通话质量低、通话体验差。However, in the related art, the threshold value of the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side may be unreasonable, resulting in the failure to trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak. As a result, when the mobile phone needs to make a call, when the air interface signal of the 5G network is weak, it does not switch to the 4G network as expected, but still makes a call through the 5G network, resulting in low call quality and poor call experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法、装置、设备和存储介质,可以提高电子设备的通话质量。所述技术方案如下:The present application provides a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium, which can improve the call quality of electronic devices. The technical solution is as follows:
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法应用于电子设备,电子设备支持第一移动通信技术标准和第二移动通信技术标准,第一移动通信技术标准高于第二移动通信技术标准。其中,在本申请中,将基于第一移动通信技术标准的网络称为第一网络,将第一网络的空口称为第一空口;将基于第二移动通信技术标准的网络称为第二网络,将第二网络的空口称为第二空口。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, the method being applied to an electronic device, the electronic device supporting a first mobile communication technical standard and a second mobile communication technical standard, the first mobile communication technical standard being higher than the second mobile communication technical standard. In this application, a network based on the first mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a first network, and an air interface of the first network is referred to as a first air interface; a network based on the second mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a second network, and an air interface of the second network is referred to as a second air interface.
第一移动通信技术标准可以是电子设备所能支持的多种移动通信技术标准中最高的移动通信技术标准。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在第一网络,以保证第一网络的高驻留比。The first mobile communication technology standard may be the highest mobile communication technology standard among multiple mobile communication technology standards that the electronic device can support. In this case, the electronic device should normally reside in the first network as much as possible to ensure a high residency ratio of the first network.
比如,电子设备最高可支持5G移动通信技术标准。这种情况下,5G移动通信技术标准即为第一移动通信技术标准,5G网络即为第一网络,新空口(new radio,NR)即为第一空口;4G移动通信技术标准即为第二移动通信技术标准,4G网络即为第二网络,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)空口即为第二空口。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在5G网络。For example, electronic devices can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards. In this case, the 5G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard, the 5G network is the first network, and the new radio (NR) is the first air interface; the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard, the 4G network is the second network, and the long term evolution (LTE) air interface is the second air interface. In this case, electronic devices should stay in the 5G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
又比如,电子设备最高可支持4G移动通信技术标准。这种情况下,4G移动通信技术标准即为第一移动通信技术标准,4G网络即为第一网络,LTE空口即为第一空口;第三代 (3th generation,3G)移动通信技术标准即为第二移动通信技术标准,3G网络即为第二网络,码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)空口即为第二空口。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在4G网络。For another example, electronic devices can support up to 4G mobile communication technology standards. In this case, the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard, the 4G network is the first network, and the LTE air interface is the first air interface; the third generation The 3rd generation (3G) mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard, the 3G network is the second network, and the code division multiple access (CDMA) air interface is the second air interface. In this case, the electronic device should reside in the 4G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
在该方法中,在电子设备驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量。若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,目标信息用于触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。In the method, the first air interface signal quality is obtained while the electronic device resides in the first network. If the preset condition is determined to be met according to the first air interface signal quality, target information is sent to the base station, and the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
预设条件用于指示第一网络的通话质量不佳。也即,若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,表明第一网络的通话质量不佳,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,在第一网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,电子设备在需要进行通话时可以通过将第一网络回落到第二网络来进行通话。比如,在第一网络是5G网络,第二网络是4G网络的情况下,电子设备在需要通话时可以采用演进分组系统回落(evolved packet system fallback,EPSFB)技术从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用长期演进语音承载(voice over long term evolution,VOLTE)通话。或者,在第一网络是4G网络,第二网络是3G网络的情况下,电子设备在需要通话时可以采用电路域回落(circuit switched fallback,CSFB)技术从4G网络回落到3G网络来使用3G通话。The preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor. That is, if it is determined according to the quality of the first air interface signal that the preset condition is met, it indicates that the call quality of the first network is poor, and thus the electronic device can send target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can make a call by falling back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call. For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, when the electronic device needs to make a call, it can use the evolved packet system fallback (EPSFB) technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use the voice over long term evolution (VOLTE) call. Alternatively, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, when the electronic device needs to make a call, it can use the circuit switched fallback (CSFB) technology to fall back from the 4G network to the 3G network to use the 3G call.
在本申请中,电子设备在第一网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以主动向基站汇报目标信息,以使基站可以在通话建立阶段将电子设备在通话时所使用的网络切换至第二网络。如此,是根据空口信号质量使电子设备在通话时选择一个更优的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量,提高用户的通话体验。In this application, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station, so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
值得注意的是,基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话后,电子设备需要进行通话时可以从第一网络回落到第二网络进行通话,也即,电子设备在进行通话时接入的是第二网络。电子设备结束通话时可以从第二网络返回至第一网络,比如,电子设备结束通话时可以基于FastReturn(快速返回)机制来从第二网络返回至第一网络,也即,电子设备在不进行通话时接入的是第一网络。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下尽可能的驻留在第一网络,不影响用户的使用体验。It is worth noting that after the base station instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase, the electronic device can fall back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call, that is, the electronic device is connected to the second network when making a call. When the electronic device ends the call, it can return to the first network from the second network. For example, when the electronic device ends the call, it can return from the second network to the first network based on the FastReturn mechanism, that is, the electronic device is connected to the first network when not making a call. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device stays in the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances, without affecting the user experience.
可选地,若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息的操作可以通过如下两种可能的方式实现:Optionally, if it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that a preset condition is met, the operation of sending the target information to the base station may be implemented in the following two possible ways:
第一种可能的方式:若在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则电子设备获取第二空口信号质量;若第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或者,若第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送目标事件。The first possible method is: if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality; if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station.
这种情况下,预设条件为:在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值;或者,在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量。目标信息为目标事件。In this case, the preset condition is: when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; or, when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality. The target information is a target event.
目标事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。示例地,目标时间可以为B事件,如可以为B1事件或B2事件。B1事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。B2事件用于指示服务小区信号弱于门限值1,而异系统邻区信号强于门限值2,门限值1和门限值2可 以相同也可以不同。可选地,B1事件和B2事件中的门限值均是网络侧配置的。The target event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. For example, the target event can be a B event, such as a B1 event or a B2 event. The B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. The B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. The threshold value 1 and the threshold value 2 can be The threshold values may be the same or different. Optionally, the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are both configured on the network side.
电子设备若接收到呼叫请求消息,说明有其他设备作为主叫设备请求与电子设备进行通话。电子设备若发出呼叫请求消息,说明电子设备作为主叫设备请求与其他设备进行通话。这两种情况下,电子设备都即将进行通话。If an electronic device receives a call request message, it means that another device, as a calling device, requests to talk to the electronic device. If an electronic device sends a call request message, it means that the electronic device, as a calling device, requests to talk to another device. In both cases, the electronic device is about to make a call.
电子设备即将进行通话时,若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量较好,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标事件。基站接收到目标事件后,获知异系统邻区信号高于门限值,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备在通话时接入异系统邻区(即第二网络的小区),换句话说,在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换为第二网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。When an electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station. After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase. In other words, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
或者,电子设备即将进行通话时,若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,说明第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量好于第一空口信号质量,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标事件。基站接收到目标事件后,获知异系统邻区信号高于门限值,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备在通话时接入异系统邻区(即第二网络的小区),换句话说,在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换为第二网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。Alternatively, when the electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is better than the first air interface signal quality, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station. After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase. In other words, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
可以理解的,本申请中,目标事件的触发存在下述两种情形:It can be understood that in this application, there are two situations in which the target event is triggered:
第一种情形是根据异系统邻区信号和其门限值正常触发目标事件。也即,电子设备在检测到异系统邻区信号高于门限值时正常触发B1事件,并向基站上报B1事件;或者,电子设备在检测到服务小区信号弱于门限值1且检测到异系统邻区信号强于门限值2时正常触发B2事件,并向基站上报B2事件。The first scenario is that the target event is triggered normally according to the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal and its threshold value. That is, the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal is higher than the threshold value, and reports the B1 event to the base station; or, the electronic device normally triggers the B2 event when it detects that the service cell signal is weaker than the threshold value 1 and the heterogeneous system neighboring cell signal is stronger than the threshold value 2, and reports the B2 event to the base station.
第二种情形是按照上述第一种可能的方式触发目标事件。也即,在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,若确定第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或若确定第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,则不考虑当前的异系统邻区信号与其门限值之间的大小关系,直接触发B1事件或B2事件,并向基站上报B1事件或B2事件。如此,即使因网络侧配置的B1事件或B2事件中的门限值不合理而导致在第一空口信号较弱的情况下按照第一种情形无法触发B1事件或B2事件,本申请也可以通过上述第一种可能的方式在第一空口信号较弱的情况下触发B1事件或B2事件,从而可以保证在第一空口信号较弱的情况下电子设备可以切换至第二网络进行通话,进而可以保证电子设备的通话质量。The second situation is to trigger the target event in the first possible way mentioned above. That is, when a call request message is received or a call request message is issued, if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, then regardless of the size relationship between the current heterosystem neighboring cell signal and its threshold value, the B1 event or B2 event is directly triggered, and the B1 event or B2 event is reported to the base station. In this way, even if the threshold value in the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side is unreasonable and the B1 event or B2 event cannot be triggered according to the first situation when the first air interface signal is weak, the present application can also trigger the B1 event or B2 event in the case of a weak first air interface signal through the first possible way mentioned above, thereby ensuring that the electronic device can switch to the second network for a call when the first air interface signal is weak, thereby ensuring the call quality of the electronic device.
第二种可能的方式:若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,则电子设备向基站发送第一信息。A second possible manner: if the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station.
这种情况下,预设条件为:第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值。目标信息为第一信息。In this case, the preset condition is: the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period. The target information is the first information.
第一信息用于指示电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话。The first information is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
示例地,在第一网络为5G网络、第二网络为4G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报用户设备(user equipment,UE)能力信息,UE能力信息包含VONR support字段,VONR support字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VONR通话,即是否支持通过5G网络进行 通话。示例地,若VONR support字段的值为false,表明电子设备不支持VONR通话,即不支持通过5G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第一信息可以为UE能力信息,且该UE能力信息中VONR support字段的值为false。For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, the electronic device can report user equipment (UE) capability information to the base station. The UE capability information includes a VONR support field. The VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is false, it indicates that the electronic device does not support VONR calls, that is, does not support calls through the 5G network. In this case, the first information may be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
示例地,在第一网络为4G网络、第二网络为3G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报附着(attach)消息或位置更新(tracking area update,TAU)消息,attach消息或TAU消息包含语音域首选项(voice domain preference)字段,voice domain preference字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VOLTE通话,即是否支持通过4G网络进行通话。示例地,若voice domain preference字段的值为00,表明“CS Voice only”,即电子设备只支持CSFB,而不支持VOLTE通话,即不支持通过4G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第一信息可以为attach消息或TAU消息,且该attach消息或TAU消息中voice domain preference字段的值为00。For example, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, the electronic device can report an attach message or a tracking area update (TAU) message to the base station. The attach message or TAU message contains a voice domain preference field. The voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 00, it indicates "CS Voice only", that is, the electronic device only supports CSFB, but not VOLTE calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 4G network. In this case, the first information can be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 00.
若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较差的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量很有可能比较差,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第一信息。由于第一信息指示电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话,所以基站在接收到第一信息后,获知电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,电子设备在第一空口信号质量长时间比较差的情况下,通过向基站发送第一信息,即可触发基站在通话建立阶段来指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。If the quality of the first air interface signal is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the quality of the first air interface signal is in a relatively poor state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is likely to be relatively poor, so the electronic device can send a first message to the base station. Since the first information indicates that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, after receiving the first information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, and then instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase, that is, instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the quality of the first air interface signal is relatively poor for a long time, the electronic device can trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase by sending the first information to the base station, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
进一步地,电子设备还可以在一些特定情况下调整第一预设时长。下面对此进行说明:Furthermore, the electronic device may also adjust the first preset duration in some specific situations. This is explained below:
可选地,电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第二空口信号质量;若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小第一预设时长;若第一空口信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,则设置第一预设时长为初始值。Optionally, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality while residing in the first network; if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is set as the initial value.
若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量较好,那么可以降低发送第一信息所要满足的预设条件,即减小第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值时所需满足的持续时长,即可以减小第一预设时长,以期可以尽快向基站发送第一信息,来触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the current first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good. Then the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be lowered, that is, the duration for which the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the first information can be sent to the base station as soon as possible to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
这种情况下,由于是在确定了第一空口信号质量较差且第二空口信号质量较好的情况下减小了第一预设时长来向基站发送第一信息,所以在基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络为第二网络后,可以在一定程度上保证电子设备不会因第二空口信号质量较差而又需触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换回第一网络。如此,可以避免电子设备将通话时所使用的网络在第一网络与第二网络之间来回切换,避免产生乒乓效应。In this case, since the first preset time length is reduced to send the first information to the base station when it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, after the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase, it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used during the call back to the first network during the call establishment phase due to the poor quality of the second air interface signal. In this way, it can be avoided that the electronic device switches the network used during the call back and forth between the first network and the second network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
若第一空口信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,说明当前第一空口信号质量较好,因而可以维持发送第一信息所要满足的预设条件,即维持第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值时所需满足的持续时长,即可以设置第一预设时长为初始值,以保证在第一空口信号质量长时间较差的情况下再向基站发送第一信息,来触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。初始值是预先设置的值,如可以由技术人员根据实际需求 进行设置。If the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the current first air interface signal quality is good, so the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the first air interface signal quality below the first signal quality threshold, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the first information is sent to the base station when the first air interface signal quality is poor for a long time, so as to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. The initial value is a pre-set value, such as the value that can be set by the technician according to actual needs. to set it up.
进一步地,电子设备向基站发送第一信息后,还可以在一些特定情况下向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。Furthermore, after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, it may also send second information to the base station under certain circumstances to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话。The second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
示例地,在第一网络为5G网络、第二网络为4G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报UE能力信息,UE能力信息包含VONR support字段,VONR support字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VONR通话,即是否支持通过5G网络进行通话。示例地,若VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话,即支持通过5G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第二信息可以为UE能力信息,且该UE能力信息中VONR support字段的值为true。For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station. The UE capability information includes a VONR support field. The VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is true, it indicates that the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, it supports calls through the 5G network. In this case, the second information can be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
示例地,在第一网络为4G网络、第二网络为3G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报attach消息或TAU消息,attach消息或TAU消息包含voice domain preference字段,voice domain preference字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VOLTE通话,即是否支持通过4G网络进行通话。示例地,若voice domain preference字段的值为11,表明“IMS PS Voice preferred,CS Voice as secondary”,即电子设备同时支持CSFB和VOLTE通话,但优选VOLTE通话,即电子设备支持通过4G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第二信息可以为attach消息或TAU消息,且该attach消息或TAU消息中voice domain preference字段的值为11。For example, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, the electronic device can report an attach message or a TAU message to the base station. The attach message or the TAU message contains a voice domain preference field. The voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 11, it indicates "IMS PS Voice preferred, CS Voice as secondary", that is, the electronic device supports both CSFB and VOLTE calls, but prefers VOLTE calls, that is, the electronic device supports calls through the 4G network. In this case, the second information may be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 11.
由于第二信息指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话,所以基站在接收到第二信息后,获知电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。Since the second information indicates that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, after receiving the second information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, and will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the first network during the call establishment phase.
下面对电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后,再向基站发送第二信息的四种可能的情况进行说明:Four possible situations in which the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after sending the first information to the base station are described below:
第一种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后,向基站发送第二信息。In the first case, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
电子设备向基站发送第一信息,经过较长时间(即第二预设时长)后,第一空口信号质量很有可能已经恢复正常,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。The electronic device sends the first information to the base station. After a long period of time (i.e., the second preset time), the quality of the first air interface signal is likely to have returned to normal. Therefore, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
第二种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量;若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送第二信息。In the second case, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, the second information is sent to the base station.
若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,说明第二空口信号质量较差且比第一空口信号质量差,那么第二网络的通话质量会比第一网络的通话质量差,在此情况下不宜使用第二网络进行通话,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话,以尽可能的保证电子设备的通话质量。If the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality, then the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network. In this case, it is not appropriate to use the second network for calls. Therefore, the electronic device can send second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
第三种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息。In a third case, after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station.
若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较好的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量比较好,因而电子设 备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the first air interface signal quality is in a relatively good state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is relatively good, and thus the electronic device The device may send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
第四种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量;在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,或者,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息;若在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内未向基站发送第二信息,则在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后向基站发送第二信息。In the fourth case, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, then the second information is sent to the base station; if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, then the second information is sent to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
本申请中,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,说明第二空口信号质量较差且比第一空口信号质量差,那么第二网络的通话质量会比第一网络的通话质量差,在此情况下不宜使用第二网络进行通话,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话,以尽可能的保证电子设备的通话质量。In the present application, within the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality, then the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network. In this case, it is not appropriate to use the second network for calls. Therefore, the electronic device can send a second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
并且,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较好的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量比较好,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。Furthermore, within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, it means that the first air interface signal quality is in a relatively good state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is relatively good, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
可以理解的,本申请中,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若满足“第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量”、“第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值”这两个条件中的任意一个条件,则电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息。It can be understood that in the present application, within the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if any one of the two conditions of "the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality" and "the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period" is met, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station.
而若在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,未满足“第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量”这一条件,且未满足“第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值”这一条件,则在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内电子设备不会向基站发送第二信息。这种情况下,电子设备可以在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后向基站发送第二信息,这是由于电子设备向基站发送第一信息,经过较长时间(即第二预设时长)后,第一空口信号质量很有可能已经恢复正常,所以电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。If, within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, the condition that "the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality" is not met, and the condition that "the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period" is not met, then the electronic device will not send the second information to the base station within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station. In this case, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station after the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station. This is because after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, after a long time (i.e., the second preset time period), the first air interface signal quality is likely to have returned to normal, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make calls through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
第二方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第一方面中通信方法行为的功能。所述通信装置包括至少一个模块,所述至少一个模块用于实现上述第一方面所提供的通信方法。In a second aspect, a communication device is provided, wherein the communication device has the function of implementing the communication method in the first aspect. The communication device includes at least one module, and the at least one module is used to implement the communication method provided in the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持通信装置执行上述第一方面所提供的通信方法的程序,以及存储用于实现上述第一方面所述的通信方法所涉及的数据。所述处理器被配置为用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序。所述通信装置还可以包括通信总线,所述通信总线用于在所述处理器与所述存储器之间建立连接。 In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, wherein the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a program that supports the communication device to execute the communication method provided in the first aspect, and to store data involved in implementing the communication method described in the first aspect. The processor is configured to execute the program stored in the memory. The communication device may also include a communication bus, wherein the communication bus is used to establish a connection between the processor and the memory.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的通信方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed on a computer, the computer executes the communication method described in the first aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
上述第二方面、第三方面、第四方面和第五方面所获得的技术效果与上述第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the above-mentioned second, third, fourth and fifth aspects are similar to the technical effects obtained by the corresponding technical means in the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件系统的框图;FIG3 is a block diagram of a software system of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种VONR通话示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a VONR call provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a first communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a third communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请的实施方式作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the present application more clear, the implementation methods of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应当理解的是,本申请提及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,比如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,比如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请的技术方案,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。It should be understood that the "multiple" mentioned in this application refers to two or more. In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in order to facilitate the clear description of the technical solution of this application, the words "first" and "second" are used to distinguish between the same or similar items with basically the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that the words "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first" and "second" do not limit them to be different.
在本申请中描述的“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等语句意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本申请中的不同之处出现的“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等语句不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。此外,术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。The phrases such as "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" described in the present application mean that the specific features, structures or characteristics described in the embodiment are included in one or more embodiments of the present application. Therefore, the phrases such as "in one embodiment", "in some embodiments", "in some other embodiments", "in some other embodiments" that appear in the differences in the present application do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, but mean "one or more but not all embodiments", unless otherwise specifically emphasized in other ways. In addition, the terms "including", "comprising", "having" and their variations all mean "including but not limited to", unless otherwise specifically emphasized in other ways.
在对本申请实施例进行详细地解释说明之前,对本申请实施例涉及的系统架构予以说明。Before explaining the embodiments of the present application in detail, the system architecture involved in the embodiments of the present application is explained.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。参见图1,该通信系统包括电子设备100和基站200。电子设备100与基站200之间可以通过无线连接进行通信。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to Fig. 1 , the communication system includes an electronic device 100 and a base station 200. The electronic device 100 and the base station 200 can communicate with each other via a wireless connection.
基站200也可以称为接入网设备。可选地,基站200可以是独立组网(stand-alone, SA)下的基站,也可以是非独立组网(non stand-alone,NSA)下的基站,本申请实施例对此不作限定。示例地,基站200可以为基于第二代(2th generation,2G)移动通信技术标准的2G网络中的基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS),或者,基站200可以为基于3G移动通信技术标准的3G网络中的基站(node B,NB),或者,基站200可以为基于4G移动通信技术标准的4G网络中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB),或者,基站200可以为基于5G移动通信技术标准的5G网络中的下一代基站(next generation node B,gNB),当然,基站200也可以为基于其他移动通信技术标准的网络中的基站,本申请实施例对此不作限定。其中,4G网络也可以称为LTE网络。The base station 200 may also be referred to as an access network device. Optionally, the base station 200 may be a stand-alone network. The base station 200 may be a base station under a wireless network (SA), or a base station under a non-stand-alone network (NSA), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the base station 200 may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a 2G network based on the second generation (2G) mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be a base station (node B, NB) in a 3G network based on the 3G mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be an evolutionary base station (eNB) in a 4G network based on the 4G mobile communication technology standard, or the base station 200 may be a next generation base station (next generation node B, gNB) in a 5G network based on the 5G mobile communication technology standard. Of course, the base station 200 may also be a base station in a network based on other mobile communication technology standards, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, the 4G network may also be referred to as an LTE network.
电子设备100也可以称为UE。电子设备100可以支持多种移动通信技术标准,例如,可以支持2G移动通信技术标准、3G移动通信技术标准、4G移动通信技术标准、5G移动通信技术标准等。示例地,电子设备100可以是移动设备、移动台(mobile station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、无线单元、远程单元、用户代理、移动客户端等。具体地,电子设备100可以为手机、平板电脑、数码相机、个人数字助理(personal digitalassistant,PDA)、可穿戴设备、膝上型计算机(laptop)等便携式电子设备。The electronic device 100 may also be referred to as a UE. The electronic device 100 may support a variety of mobile communication technology standards, for example, it may support 2G mobile communication technology standards, 3G mobile communication technology standards, 4G mobile communication technology standards, 5G mobile communication technology standards, etc. For example, the electronic device 100 may be a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, etc. Specifically, the electronic device 100 may be a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a digital camera, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wearable device, a laptop computer, etc.
可选地,在电子设备100接入某一网络的情况下,电子设备100与这一网络中的基站200进行通信。比如,在电子设备100接入3G网络的情况下,电子设备100与3G网络中的NB进行通信;在电子设备100接入4G网络的情况下,电子设备100与4G网络中的eNB进行通信;在电子设备100接入5G网络的情况下,电子设备100与5G网络中的gNB进行通信。Optionally, when the electronic device 100 accesses a certain network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the base station 200 in the network. For example, when the electronic device 100 accesses a 3G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the NB in the 3G network; when the electronic device 100 accesses a 4G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the eNB in the 4G network; when the electronic device 100 accesses a 5G network, the electronic device 100 communicates with the gNB in the 5G network.
下面对本申请实施例涉及的电子设备100予以说明。The electronic device 100 involved in the embodiment of the present application is described below.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图。参见图2,电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及SIM卡接口195等。其中,传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG2 , the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, a mobile communication module 150, a wireless communication module 160, an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, a sensor module 180, a button 190, a motor 191, an indicator 192, a camera 193, a display screen 194, and a SIM card interface 195, etc. Among them, the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, a bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件,或软件和硬件的组合实现。It is to be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange the components differently. The components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,比如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。 The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (GPU), an image signal processor (ISP), a controller, a memory, a video codec, a digital signal processor (DSP), a baseband processor, and/or a neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. Different processing units may be independent devices or integrated into one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100. The controller may generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从该存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may store instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or cyclically used. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it may be directly called from the memory. This avoids repeated access, reduces the waiting time of the processor 110, and thus improves the efficiency of the system.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备100供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from a charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from a wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142, it may also power the electronic device 100 through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193 and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle number, battery health status (leakage, impedance), etc. In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 can also be set in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 can also be set in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communications including 2G/3G/4G/5G, etc., applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 may receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, and perform filtering, amplification, and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 may also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be arranged in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be arranged in the same device as at least some of the modules of the processor 110.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless communication solutions including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared (IR) and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The wireless communication module 160 can be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, modulates the frequency of the electromagnetic wave signal and performs filtering processing, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, modulate the frequency of the signal, amplify the signal, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2.
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements the display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用 处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can use the ISP, the camera 193, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application Processor and other components to realize the shooting function.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,比如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。比如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. For example, files such as music and videos can be stored in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,计算机可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,来执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100在使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,比如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 can be used to store computer executable program codes, which include instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running the instructions stored in the internal memory 121. The internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the program storage area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc. The data storage area may store data created by the electronic device 100 during use (such as audio data, a phone book, etc.), etc. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D以及应用处理器等实现音频功能,比如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions, such as music playback, recording, etc., through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D and the application processor.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can be arranged in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 can be arranged in the processor 110.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195. The electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is an integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, and the like. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, i.e., an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
接下来对电子设备100的软件系统予以说明。Next, the software system of the electronic device 100 will be described.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的安卓(Android)系统为例,对电子设备100的软件系统进行示例性说明。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-core architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes the Android system of the layered architecture as an example to exemplify the software system of the electronic device 100.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的软件系统的框图。参见图3,分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,安卓系统包括应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统层,以及内核层。FIG3 is a block diagram of a software system of an electronic device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG3 , the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, each layer having a clear role and division of labor. The layers communicate with each other through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system includes an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system layer, and a kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序。如图3所示,应用程序可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,短信息等应用程序。The application layer may include a series of applications. As shown in FIG3 , the applications may include camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, short message, and other applications.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。如图3所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器, 通知管理器等。窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问,这些数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。视图系统包括可视控件,比如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序的显示界面,显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成,比如,包括显示短信通知图标的视图,包括显示文字的视图,以及包括显示图片的视图。电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能,比如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等。通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如,通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,比如后台运行的应用程序的通知。通知管理器还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知,比如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and a programming framework for the applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions. As shown in Figure 3, the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, Notification manager, etc. The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc. The content provider is used to store and obtain data and make these data accessible to applications. These data may include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc. The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, etc. The view system can be used to build the display interface of the application. The display interface can be composed of one or more views, for example, including a view for displaying a text message notification icon, including a view for displaying text, and including a view for displaying pictures. The phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100, such as management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.). The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc. The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages and can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the top status bar of the system in the form of an icon or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window, such as a text message in the status bar, a reminder sound, a vibration of an electronic device, a flashing indicator light, etc.
Android runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。Android runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system. The core library consists of two parts: one is the function that the Java language needs to call, and the other is the Android core library. The application layer and the application framework layer run in the virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the Java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
系统层可以包括多个功能模块,比如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(比如:OpenGL ES),二维图形引擎(比如:SGL)等。表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了二维和三维图层的融合。媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,比如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。二维图形引擎是二维绘图的绘图引擎。The system layer can include multiple functional modules, such as: surface manager, media library, 3D graphics processing library (such as: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (such as: SGL), etc. The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provide the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications. The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc. The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing, etc. The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动等。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer includes display driver, camera driver, audio driver, sensor driver, etc.
下面对本申请实施例涉及的应用场景予以说明。The application scenarios involved in the embodiments of the present application are described below.
在手机最高可支持5G移动通信技术标准的情况下,为了保证5G网络的高驻留比,在手机处于空闲(IDLE)态时,或者在手机的数据业务吞吐量比较低时,即使5G网络的空口(即NR)信号已经偏弱了,如NR信号的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)已经为-115dbm(分贝毫瓦)了,但也依旧会让手机驻留在5G网络。当手机恢复到连接态时,预期通过手机测报B1事件或B2事件来使网络侧下发指示让手机切换到4G网络。其中,B1事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。B2事件用于指示服务小区信号弱于门限值1,而异系统邻区信号强于门限值2,门限值1和门限值2可以相同也可以不同。B1事件和B2事件中的门限值均是网络侧配置的。In the case where the mobile phone can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards, in order to ensure a high resident ratio of the 5G network, when the mobile phone is in the idle state or when the data service throughput of the mobile phone is relatively low, even if the air interface (ie NR) signal of the 5G network is already weak, such as the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the NR signal is already -115dbm (decibel milliwatts), the mobile phone will still stay on the 5G network. When the mobile phone returns to the connected state, it is expected that the network side will issue an instruction to switch the mobile phone to the 4G network through the mobile phone's B1 event or B2 event. Among them, the B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. The B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. The threshold values 1 and 2 can be the same or different. The threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are all configured by the network side.
然而,目前手机在需要通话时,在NR信号较弱的情况下,并未如预期的切换到4G网络进行通话,而是依旧会通过5G网络进行通话,即依旧会使用新空口语音承载 (voice over new radio,VONR)通话,从而导致通话质量低、通话体验差。出现此问题有可能是以下几个原因导致的:However, when a mobile phone needs to make a call, when the NR signal is weak, it does not switch to the 4G network as expected, but still makes the call through the 5G network, that is, it still uses the new air interface voice bearer. (voice over new radio, VONR) calls, resulting in low call quality and poor call experience. This problem may be caused by the following reasons:
1.网络侧配置的B1事件或B2事件中的门限值不合理,导致在NR信号较弱的情况下也无法触发B1事件或B2事件。1. The threshold value of the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side is unreasonable, resulting in the failure to trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the NR signal is weak.
2.NR信号的RSRP较好但是参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)较差,比如,NR信号的RSRP为-100dbm,而RSRQ为-15db。这种情况下,由于NR信号的RSRP较好,所以手机会使用VONR通话,但是由于NR信号的RSRQ较差,所以VONR通话的通话质量很差,断续严重。2. The RSRP of the NR signal is good but the reference signal received quality (RSRQ) is poor. For example, the RSRP of the NR signal is -100dbm and the RSRQ is -15db. In this case, since the RSRP of the NR signal is good, the mobile phone will use VONR calls, but since the RSRQ of the NR signal is poor, the call quality of VONR calls is very poor and intermittent.
3.NR信号的RSRP较差,如为-120dbm。这种情况下,在VONR通话的呼叫阶段,会话初始协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)信令和非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)信息发送困难,导致呼叫建立时间长,并且,在呼叫建立后,上下行数据发送困难,从而导致通话质量很差。3. The RSRP of the NR signal is poor, such as -120dbm. In this case, during the call phase of the VONR call, the session initiation protocol (SIP) signaling and non-access stratum (NAS) information are difficult to send, resulting in a long call establishment time. In addition, after the call is established, it is difficult to send uplink and downlink data, resulting in poor call quality.
针对上述NR信号偏弱的场景,相关技术中,手机可以禁用5G SA能力,以在需要进行通话时,可以采用EPSFB技术,从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用VOLTE通话。然而,随着5G SA网络的普及,5G NSA网络越来越少,手机禁用5G SA能力后,在无需通话的情况下,也可能因无法接入5G NSA网络而只能驻留在4G网络,而用户一般不愿意接受可支持5G网络的手机长时间驻留在4G网络,这样会严重影响用户体验。For the above-mentioned scenario where the NR signal is weak, in the relevant technology, the mobile phone can disable the 5G SA capability, so that when a call is needed, the EPSFB technology can be used to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls. However, with the popularization of 5G SA networks, 5G NSA networks are becoming less and less. After the mobile phone disables the 5G SA capability, it may be unable to access the 5G NSA network and can only stay on the 4G network when there is no need for calls. Users are generally unwilling to accept mobile phones that can support 5G networks to stay on the 4G network for a long time, which will seriously affect the user experience.
比如,手机可支持4G移动通信技术标准和5G移动通信技术标准。4G网络的空口可以为LTE空口,5G网络的空口可以为NR。其中,使用LTE空口的基站即为4G网络的eNB,使用NR的基站即为5G网络的gNB。For example, a mobile phone can support both 4G mobile communication technology standards and 5G mobile communication technology standards. The air interface of the 4G network can be the LTE air interface, and the air interface of the 5G network can be the NR. Among them, the base station using the LTE air interface is the eNB of the 4G network, and the base station using the NR is the gNB of the 5G network.
如图4所示,手机正常驻留在5G网络,此时可支持VONR通话。在NR信号正常的情况下,手机可以通过NR进行通话,即进行VONR通话,此时通话质量较好。然而,在一些情况中,在手机处于空闲态时,即使NR信号变弱,比如,NR信号的RSRP正常但是RSRQ较差,但是手机也依旧会驻留在5G网络,这种情况下,手机依旧进行VONR通话,但是呼叫建立时间长,通话质量比较差。在另一些情况中,在手机处于空闲态时,即使NR信号变弱,比如,NR信号的RSRP变差,但是手机也依旧会驻留在5G网络,这种情况下,手机依旧进行VONR通话,但是呼叫建立时间长,通话质量比较差。在又一些情况中,在网络侧对B1事件或B2事件中的门限值配置不合理的情况下,手机在NR信号较弱的情况下也无法触发B1事件或B2事件,因而依旧会驻留在5G网络,这种情况下,手机依旧进行VONR通话,但是呼叫建立时间长,通话质量比较差。As shown in Figure 4, the mobile phone normally resides in the 5G network, and VONR calls can be supported at this time. When the NR signal is normal, the mobile phone can make calls through NR, that is, make VONR calls, and the call quality is good at this time. However, in some cases, when the mobile phone is in an idle state, even if the NR signal becomes weak, for example, the RSRP of the NR signal is normal but the RSRQ is poor, the mobile phone will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor. In other cases, when the mobile phone is in an idle state, even if the NR signal becomes weak, for example, the RSRP of the NR signal becomes poor, the mobile phone will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor. In some other cases, when the threshold value configuration in the B1 event or B2 event is unreasonable on the network side, the mobile phone cannot trigger the B1 event or B2 event when the NR signal is weak, so it will still reside in the 5G network. In this case, the mobile phone still makes VONR calls, but the call establishment time is long and the call quality is poor.
为此,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,在该方法中,电子设备在驻留于5G网络的过程中可以主动测量NR信号质量,在根据NR信号质量确定5G网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以向基站发送目标信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过4G网络进行通话。如此,电子设备在5G网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以主动向基站汇报,以使基站可以在通话建立阶段切换电子设备在通话时所使用的网络。也即,本申请实施例可以根据空口信号质量使电子设备在通话时选择一个更优的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量,提高用户的通话体验。To this end, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which an electronic device can actively measure the NR signal quality while residing in a 5G network. When it is determined that the call quality of the 5G network is poor based on the NR signal quality, target information can be sent to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the 4G network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the 5G network is poor, the electronic device can actively report to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call establishment phase. That is, the embodiment of the present application can enable the electronic device to select a better network during a call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and improving the user's call experience.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行详细地解释说明。 The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is explained in detail below.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法应用于电子设备。电子设备可以支持第一移动通信技术标准和第二移动通信技术标准,第一移动通信技术标准高于第二移动通信技术标准。其中,在本申请实施例中,将基于第一移动通信技术标准的网络称为第一网络,将第一网络的空口称为第一空口;将基于第二移动通信技术标准的网络称为第二网络,将第二网络的空口称为第二空口。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to an electronic device. The electronic device may support a first mobile communication technical standard and a second mobile communication technical standard, and the first mobile communication technical standard is higher than the second mobile communication technical standard. In the embodiment of the present application, a network based on the first mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a first network, and an air interface of the first network is referred to as a first air interface; a network based on the second mobile communication technical standard is referred to as a second network, and an air interface of the second network is referred to as a second air interface.
第一移动通信技术标准可以是电子设备所能支持的多种移动通信技术标准中最高的移动通信技术标准。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在第一网络,以保证第一网络的高驻留比。The first mobile communication technology standard may be the highest mobile communication technology standard among multiple mobile communication technology standards that the electronic device can support. In this case, the electronic device should normally reside in the first network as much as possible to ensure a high residency ratio of the first network.
比如,电子设备最高可支持5G移动通信技术标准。这种情况下,5G移动通信技术标准即为第一移动通信技术标准,5G网络即为第一网络,NR即为第一空口;4G移动通信技术标准即为第二移动通信技术标准,4G网络即为第二网络,LTE空口即为第二空口。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在5G网络。For example, electronic devices can support up to 5G mobile communication technology standards. In this case, the 5G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard, the 5G network is the first network, and the NR is the first air interface; the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard, the 4G network is the second network, and the LTE air interface is the second air interface. In this case, electronic devices should stay on the 5G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
又比如,电子设备最高可支持4G移动通信技术标准。这种情况下,4G移动通信技术标准即为第一移动通信技术标准,4G网络即为第一网络,LTE空口即为第一空口;3G移动通信技术标准即为第二移动通信技术标准,3G网络即为第二网络,CDMA空口即为第二空口。在此情况下,电子设备在正常情况下应尽可能的驻留在4G网络。For another example, an electronic device can support up to the 4G mobile communication technology standard. In this case, the 4G mobile communication technology standard is the first mobile communication technology standard, the 4G network is the first network, and the LTE air interface is the first air interface; the 3G mobile communication technology standard is the second mobile communication technology standard, the 3G network is the second network, and the CDMA air interface is the second air interface. In this case, the electronic device should stay on the 4G network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图。参见图5,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG5 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤501:电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量。Step 501: The electronic device obtains a first air interface signal quality while residing in a first network.
第一空口信号质量用于反映第一空口信号的强弱。也即,第一空口信号质量越好,代表第一空口信号越强;第一空口信号质量越差,代表第一空口信号越弱。The first air interface signal quality is used to reflect the strength of the first air interface signal. That is, the better the first air interface signal quality is, the stronger the first air interface signal is; the worse the first air interface signal quality is, the weaker the first air interface signal is.
由于第一网络的通信通过第一空口实现,所以第一空口信号质量可以在一定程度上反映通过第一网络进行通话时通话质量的好坏。也即,在第一空口信号质量比较好的情况下,电子设备通过第一网络进行通话时的通话质量较好;而在第一空口信号质量比较差的情况下,电子设备通过第一网络进行通话时的通话质量不佳。Since the communication of the first network is realized through the first air interface, the signal quality of the first air interface can reflect the quality of the call through the first network to a certain extent. That is, when the signal quality of the first air interface is relatively good, the call quality of the electronic device through the first network is relatively good; and when the signal quality of the first air interface is relatively poor, the call quality of the electronic device through the first network is not good.
需注意的是,电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中可以不断获取第一空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第一空口信号质量,以便可以及时监控当前第一空口信号的强弱。It should be noted that the electronic device may continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely monitor the strength of the current first air interface signal.
可选地,电子设备在驻留于第一网络时可以直接检测第一空口信号质量。Optionally, the electronic device may directly detect the first air interface signal quality when residing in the first network.
可选地,第一空口信号质量可以通过第一空口信号的一项或多项特征来表征。比如,第一空口信号质量可以为第一空口信号的RSRP,或者,第一空口信号质量可以为第一空口信号的RSRQ,或者,第一空口信号质量可以为第一空口信号的信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR),或者,第一空口信号质量可以为第一空口信号的接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indication,RSSI)。当然,第一空口信号质量也可以通过第一空口信号的RSRP、RSRQ、SINR、RSSI中的两项或更多项联合表征,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the first air interface signal quality may be characterized by one or more features of the first air interface signal. For example, the first air interface signal quality may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the RSRQ of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) of the first air interface signal, or the first air interface signal quality may be the received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the first air interface signal. Of course, the first air interface signal quality may also be jointly characterized by two or more of the RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, and RSSI of the first air interface signal, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
步骤502:若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则电子设备向基站发送目标信息,目标信息用于触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。Step 502: If it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that the preset condition is met, the electronic device sends target information to the base station, and the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
预设条件用于指示第一网络的通话质量不佳。也即,若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,表明第一网络的通话质量不佳,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,在第一网络的通话 质量不佳的情况下,电子设备在需要进行通话时可以通过将第一网络回落到第二网络来进行通话。比如,在第一网络是5G网络,第二网络是4G网络的情况下,电子设备在需要通话时可以采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用VOLTE通话。或者,在第一网络是4G网络,第二网络是3G网络的情况下,电子设备在需要通话时可以采用电路域回落(circuit switched fallback,CSFB)技术从4G网络回落到3G网络来使用3G通话。The preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor. That is, if the preset condition is met according to the first air interface signal quality, it indicates that the call quality of the first network is poor, so the electronic device can send target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the call on the first network In the case of poor quality, the electronic device can make a call by falling back from the first network to the second network when a call is needed. For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, the electronic device can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls when a call is needed. Or, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, the electronic device can use circuit switched fallback (CSFB) technology to fall back from the 4G network to the 3G network to use 3G calls when a call is needed.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以主动向基站汇报目标信息,以使基站可以在通话建立阶段将电子设备在通话时所使用的网络切换至第二网络。如此,是根据空口信号质量使电子设备在通话时选择一个更优的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量,提高用户的通话体验。In the embodiment of the present application, when the call quality of the electronic device on the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station, so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
值得注意的是,基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话后,电子设备需要进行通话时可以从第一网络回落到第二网络进行通话,也即,电子设备在进行通话时接入的是第二网络。电子设备结束通话时可以从第二网络返回至第一网络,比如,电子设备结束通话时可以基于FastReturn机制来从第二网络返回至第一网络,也即,电子设备在不进行通话时接入的是第一网络。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下尽可能的驻留在第一网络,不影响用户的使用体验。It is worth noting that after the base station instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase, the electronic device can fall back from the first network to the second network when it needs to make a call, that is, the electronic device is connected to the second network when making a call. When the electronic device ends the call, it can return to the first network from the second network. For example, when the electronic device ends the call, it can return from the second network to the first network based on the FastReturn mechanism, that is, the electronic device is connected to the first network when not making a call. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device stays in the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances, without affecting the user experience.
预设条件可以预先进行设置,如预设条件可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置,只要其是能体现出第一网络的通话质量不佳的条件即可。目标信息也可以预先进行设置,如目标信息可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置,只要其能用于触发基站在通话建立阶段对电子设备在通话时所使用的网络的切换即可。The preset conditions can be set in advance, such as the preset conditions can be set by the technicians according to actual needs, as long as they are conditions that can reflect the poor call quality of the first network. The target information can also be set in advance, such as the target information can be set by the technicians according to actual needs, as long as it can be used to trigger the base station to switch the network used by the electronic device during the call establishment phase.
可选地,步骤502的操作可以通过如下两种可能的方式实现:Optionally, the operation of step 502 may be implemented in the following two possible ways:
第一种可能的方式:若在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则电子设备获取第二空口信号质量;若第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或者,若第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送目标事件。The first possible method is: if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality; if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station.
这种情况下,预设条件为:在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值;或者,在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量。目标信息为目标事件。In this case, the preset condition is: when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; or, when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality. The target information is a target event.
目标事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。示例地,目标时间可以为B事件,如可以为B1事件或B2事件。B1事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。B2事件用于指示服务小区信号弱于门限值1,而异系统邻区信号强于门限值2,门限值1和门限值2可以相同也可以不同。可选地,B1事件和B2事件中的门限值均是网络侧配置的。The target event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. For example, the target time can be a B event, such as a B1 event or a B2 event. The B1 event is used to indicate that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value. The B2 event is used to indicate that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1, while the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. The threshold value 1 and the threshold value 2 can be the same or different. Optionally, the threshold values in the B1 event and the B2 event are both configured on the network side.
第二空口信号质量用于反映第二空口信号的强弱。也即,第二空口信号质量越好,代表第二空口信号越强;第二空口信号质量越差,代表第二空口信号越弱。The second air interface signal quality is used to reflect the strength of the second air interface signal. That is, the better the second air interface signal quality is, the stronger the second air interface signal is; the worse the second air interface signal quality is, the weaker the second air interface signal is.
由于第二网络的通信通过第二空口实现,所以第二空口信号质量可以在一定程度上反映通过第二网络进行通话时通话质量的好坏。也即,在第二空口信号质量比较好的情况下,电子设备通过第二网络进行通话时的通话质量较好;而在第二空口信号质量比较差的情况下,电子设备通过第二网络进行通话时的通话质量不佳。Since the communication of the second network is realized through the second air interface, the signal quality of the second air interface can reflect the quality of the call through the second network to a certain extent. That is, when the signal quality of the second air interface is relatively good, the call quality of the electronic device through the second network is relatively good; and when the signal quality of the second air interface is relatively poor, the call quality of the electronic device through the second network is not good.
可选地,电子设备可以直接检测第二空口信号质量。 Optionally, the electronic device may directly detect the second air interface signal quality.
可选地,第二空口信号质量可以通过第二空口信号的一项或多项特征来表征。比如,第二空口信号质量可以为第二空口信号的RSRP,或者,第二空口信号质量可以为第二空口信号的RSRQ,或者,第二空口信号质量可以为第二空口信号的SINR,或者,第二空口信号质量可以为第二空口信号的RSSI。当然,第二空口信号质量也可以通过第二空口信号的RSRP、RSRQ、SINR、RSSI中的两项或更多项联合表征,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the second air interface signal quality may be characterized by one or more characteristics of the second air interface signal. For example, the second air interface signal quality may be the RSRP of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the RSRQ of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the SINR of the second air interface signal, or the second air interface signal quality may be the RSSI of the second air interface signal. Of course, the second air interface signal quality may also be jointly characterized by two or more of the RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, and RSSI of the second air interface signal, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
用于表征第一空口信号质量的第一空口信号的特征和用于表征第二空口信号质量的第二空口信号的特征可以是相同的,也可以是不同的。比如,第一空口信号质量可以是第一空口信号的RSRP,第二空口信号质量可以是第二空口信号的RSRP,此时用于表征第一空口信号质量的第一空口信号的特征和用于表征第二空口信号质量的第二空口信号的特征是相同的。或者,第一空口信号质量可以是第一空口信号的RSRP,第二空口信号质量可以是第二空口信号的RSRQ,此时用于表征第一空口信号质量的第一空口信号的特征和用于表征第二空口信号质量的第二空口信号的特征是不同的。The characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal may be the same or different. For example, the quality of the first air interface signal may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal, and the quality of the second air interface signal may be the RSRP of the second air interface signal. In this case, the characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal are the same. Alternatively, the quality of the first air interface signal may be the RSRP of the first air interface signal, and the quality of the second air interface signal may be the RSRQ of the second air interface signal. In this case, the characteristics of the first air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the first air interface signal and the characteristics of the second air interface signal used to characterize the quality of the second air interface signal are different.
第一信号质量阈值可以预先进行设置,如第一信号质量阈值可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第一信号质量阈值可以设置的较小。这种情况下,若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量较差。The first signal quality threshold may be set in advance, such as the first signal quality threshold may be set by a technician according to actual needs. The first signal quality threshold may be set to be smaller. In this case, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it indicates that the first air interface signal quality is poor.
第四信号质量阈值可以预先进行设置,如第四信号质量阈值可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第四信号质量阈值可以设置的较大。这种情况下,若第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明第二空口信号质量较好。可选地,第四信号质量阈值可以大于第一信号质量阈值。The fourth signal quality threshold may be set in advance, such as the fourth signal quality threshold may be set by a technician according to actual needs. The fourth signal quality threshold may be set larger. In this case, if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it indicates that the second air interface signal quality is better. Optionally, the fourth signal quality threshold may be greater than the first signal quality threshold.
电子设备若接收到呼叫请求消息,说明有其他设备作为主叫设备请求与电子设备进行通话。电子设备若发出呼叫请求消息,说明电子设备作为主叫设备请求与其他设备进行通话。这两种情况下,电子设备都即将进行通话。If an electronic device receives a call request message, it means that another device, as a calling device, requests to talk to the electronic device. If an electronic device sends a call request message, it means that the electronic device, as a calling device, requests to talk to another device. In both cases, the electronic device is about to make a call.
电子设备即将进行通话时,若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量较好,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标事件。基站接收到目标事件后,获知异系统邻区信号高于门限值,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备在通话时接入异系统邻区(即第二网络的小区),换句话说,在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换为第二网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。When an electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station. After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase. In other words, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
或者,电子设备即将进行通话时,若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,说明第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量好于第一空口信号质量,因而电子设备可以向基站发送目标事件。基站接收到目标事件后,获知异系统邻区信号高于门限值,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备在通话时接入异系统邻区(即第二网络的小区),换句话说,在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换为第二网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。Alternatively, when the electronic device is about to make a call, if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is better than the first air interface signal quality, so the electronic device can send a target event to the base station. After the base station receives the target event and learns that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (i.e., the cell of the second network) during the call establishment phase. In other words, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the second network, that is, during the call establishment phase, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the second network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,目标事件的触发存在下述两种情形:It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the triggering of the target event has the following two situations:
第一种情形是根据异系统邻区信号和其门限值正常触发目标事件。也即,电子设备在检测到异系统邻区信号高于门限值时正常触发B1事件,并向基站上报B1事件;或者,电子设备在检测到服务小区信号弱于门限值1且检测到异系统邻区信号强于门限值2时正常 触发B2事件,并向基站上报B2事件。The first scenario is that the target event is triggered normally according to the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system and its threshold value. That is, the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is higher than the threshold value, and reports the B1 event to the base station; or the electronic device normally triggers the B1 event when it detects that the signal of the serving cell is weaker than the threshold value 1 and the signal of the neighboring cell of the heterogeneous system is stronger than the threshold value 2. Trigger the B2 event and report the B2 event to the base station.
第二种情形是按照上述第一种可能的方式触发目标事件。也即,在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时,若确定第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或若确定第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,则不考虑当前的异系统邻区信号与其门限值之间的大小关系,直接触发B1事件或B2事件,并向基站上报B1事件或B2事件。如此,即使因网络侧配置的B1事件或B2事件中的门限值不合理而导致在第一空口信号较弱的情况下按照第一种情形无法触发B1事件或B2事件,本申请实施例也可以通过上述第一种可能的方式在第一空口信号较弱的情况下触发B1事件或B2事件,从而可以保证在第一空口信号较弱的情况下电子设备可以切换至第二网络进行通话,进而可以保证电子设备的通话质量。The second situation is to trigger the target event in the first possible way mentioned above. That is, when a call request message is received or a call request message is issued, if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, then the size relationship between the current heterosystem neighboring area signal and its threshold value is not considered, and the B1 event or B2 event is directly triggered, and the B1 event or B2 event is reported to the base station. In this way, even if the threshold value in the B1 event or B2 event configured on the network side is unreasonable, the B1 event or B2 event cannot be triggered according to the first situation when the first air interface signal is weak, the embodiment of the present application can also trigger the B1 event or B2 event in the case of a weak first air interface signal through the first possible way mentioned above, thereby ensuring that the electronic device can switch to the second network for a call when the first air interface signal is weak, and thus the call quality of the electronic device can be guaranteed.
第二种可能的方式:若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,则电子设备向基站发送第一信息。A second possible manner: if the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station.
这种情况下,预设条件为:第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值。目标信息为第一信息。In this case, the preset condition is: the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period. The target information is the first information.
第一信息用于指示电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话。The first information is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
示例地,在第一网络为5G网络、第二网络为4G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报UE能力信息,UE能力信息包含VONR support字段,VONR support字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VONR通话,即是否支持通过5G网络进行通话。示例地,若VONR support字段的值为false,表明电子设备不支持VONR通话,即不支持通过5G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第一信息可以为UE能力信息,且该UE能力信息中VONR support字段的值为false。For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station. The UE capability information includes a VONR support field. The VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is false, it indicates that the electronic device does not support VONR calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 5G network. In this case, the first information may be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
示例地,在第一网络为4G网络、第二网络为3G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报attach消息或TAU消息,attach消息或TAU消息包含voice domain preference字段,voice domain preference字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VOLTE通话,即是否支持通过4G网络进行通话。示例地,若voice domain preference字段的值为00,表明“CS Voice only”,即电子设备只支持CSFB,而不支持VOLTE通话,即不支持通过4G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第一信息可以为attach消息或TAU消息,且该attach消息或TAU消息中voice domain preference字段的值为00。For example, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, the electronic device can report an attach message or a TAU message to the base station. The attach message or the TAU message contains a voice domain preference field. The voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 00, it indicates "CS Voice only", that is, the electronic device only supports CSFB but not VOLTE calls, that is, it does not support calls through the 4G network. In this case, the first information can be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 00.
第一预设时长可以预先进行设置,如第一预设时长可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第一预设时长可以设置的较长。The first preset duration can be set in advance, such as the first preset duration can be set by a technician according to actual needs. The first preset duration can be set to be longer.
若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较差的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量很有可能比较差,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第一信息。由于第一信息指示电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话,所以基站在接收到第一信息后,获知电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,电子设备在第一空口信号质量长时间比较差的情况下,通过向基站发送第一信息,即可触发基站在通话建立阶段来指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。If the quality of the first air interface signal is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the quality of the first air interface signal is in a relatively poor state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is likely to be relatively poor, so the electronic device can send a first message to the base station. Since the first information indicates that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, after receiving the first information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network, and then instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase, that is, instructs the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the quality of the first air interface signal is relatively poor for a long time, the electronic device can trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call during the call establishment phase by sending the first information to the base station, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
需注意的是,若第一空口信号质量未在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值, 则电子设备不向基站发送第一信息,此时电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话。It should be noted that if the first air interface signal quality is not continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, Then the electronic device does not send the first information to the base station, and at this time the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
若第一空口信号质量未在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量比较正常,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量应该较佳,因而电子设备可以通过第一网络进行通话,此时电子设备的通话质量较佳。If the first air interface signal quality does not continue to be lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the first air interface signal quality is relatively normal. In this case, the call quality of the first network should be better, so the electronic device can make calls through the first network. At this time, the call quality of the electronic device is better.
进一步地,电子设备还可以在一些特定情况下调整第一预设时长。下面对此进行说明:Furthermore, the electronic device may also adjust the first preset duration in some specific situations. This is explained below:
可选地,电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第二空口信号质量;若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小第一预设时长;若第一空口信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,则设置第一预设时长为初始值。Optionally, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality while residing in the first network; if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is set as the initial value.
需注意的是,电子设备在使用过程中可以不断获取第一空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第一空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第一空口信号的强弱。电子设备在使用过程中也可以不断获取第二空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第二空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第二空口信号的强弱。It should be noted that the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal. The electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前第一空口信号质量较差而第二空口信号质量较好,那么可以降低发送第一信息所要满足的预设条件,即减小第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值时所需满足的持续时长,即可以减小第一预设时长,以期可以尽快向基站发送第一信息,来触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the current first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good. Then the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be lowered, that is, the duration for which the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the first information can be sent to the base station as soon as possible to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase.
这种情况下,由于是在确定了第一空口信号质量较差且第二空口信号质量较好的情况下减小了第一预设时长来向基站发送第一信息,所以在基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络为第二网络后,可以在一定程度上保证电子设备不会因第二空口信号质量较差而又需触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换回第一网络。如此,可以避免电子设备将通话时所使用的网络在第一网络与第二网络之间来回切换,避免产生乒乓效应。In this case, since the first preset time length is reduced to send the first information to the base station when it is determined that the first air interface signal quality is poor and the second air interface signal quality is good, after the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase, it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used during the call back to the first network during the call establishment phase due to the poor quality of the second air interface signal. In this way, it can be avoided that the electronic device switches the network used during the call back and forth between the first network and the second network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
若第一空口信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,说明当前第一空口信号质量较好,因而可以维持发送第一信息所要满足的预设条件,即维持第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值时所需满足的持续时长,即可以设置第一预设时长为初始值,以保证在第一空口信号质量长时间较差的情况下再向基站发送第一信息,来触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。初始值是预先设置的值,如可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。If the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the current first air interface signal quality is good, so the preset condition to be met for sending the first information can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the first air interface signal quality below the first signal quality threshold, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the first information is sent to the base station when the first air interface signal quality is poor for a long time, so as to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. The initial value is a pre-set value, such as can be set by a technician according to actual needs.
进一步地,电子设备向基站发送第一信息后,还可以在一些特定情况下向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。Furthermore, after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, it may also send second information to the base station under certain circumstances to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话。The second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
示例地,在第一网络为5G网络、第二网络为4G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站上报UE能力信息,UE能力信息包含VONR support字段,VONR support字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VONR通话,即是否支持通过5G网络进行通话。示例地,若VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话,即支持通过5G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第二信息可以为UE能力信息,且该UE能力信息中VONR support字段的值为true。For example, when the first network is a 5G network and the second network is a 4G network, the electronic device can report UE capability information to the base station. The UE capability information includes a VONR support field. The VONR support field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 5G network. For example, if the value of the VONR support field is true, it indicates that the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, it supports calls through the 5G network. In this case, the second information can be UE capability information, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
示例地,在第一网络为4G网络、第二网络为3G网络的情况下,电子设备可以向基站 上报attach消息或TAU消息,attach消息或TAU消息包含voice domain preference字段,voice domain preference字段用于指示电子设备是否支持VOLTE通话,即是否支持通过4G网络进行通话。示例地,若voice domain preference字段的值为11,表明“IMS PS Voice preferred,CS Voice as secondary”,即电子设备同时支持CSFB和VOLTE通话,但优选VOLTE通话,即电子设备支持通过4G网络进行通话。这种情况下,第二信息可以为attach消息或TAU消息,且该attach消息或TAU消息中voice domain preference字段的值为11。For example, when the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 3G network, the electronic device can send a signal to the base station. Report an attach message or a TAU message, the attach message or the TAU message includes a voice domain preference field, the voice domain preference field is used to indicate whether the electronic device supports VOLTE calls, that is, whether it supports calls through the 4G network. For example, if the value of the voice domain preference field is 11, it indicates "IMS PS Voice preferred, CS Voice as secondary", that is, the electronic device supports both CSFB and VOLTE calls, but prefers VOLTE calls, that is, the electronic device supports calls through the 4G network. In this case, the second information may be an attach message or a TAU message, and the value of the voice domain preference field in the attach message or the TAU message is 11.
由于第二信息指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话,所以基站在接收到第二信息后,获知电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。Since the second information indicates that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, after receiving the second information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports calls through the first network, and will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the first network during the call establishment phase.
下面对电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后,再向基站发送第二信息的四种可能的情况进行说明:Four possible situations in which the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after sending the first information to the base station are described below:
第一种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后,向基站发送第二信息。In the first case, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station after a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station.
第二预设时长可以预先进行设置,如第二预设时长可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第二预设时长可以设置的较长。第一预设时长和第二预设时长可以相同也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The second preset duration can be set in advance, such as the second preset duration can be set by a technician according to actual needs. The second preset duration can be set longer. The first preset duration and the second preset duration can be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
示例地,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后可以启动定时器,在定时器超时后可以向基站发送第二信息,定时器的时长可以为第二预设时长。For example, the electronic device may start a timer after sending the first information to the base station, and may send the second information to the base station after the timer times out. The duration of the timer may be a second preset duration.
电子设备向基站发送第一信息,经过较长时间(即第二预设时长)后,第一空口信号质量很有可能已经恢复正常,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。The electronic device sends the first information to the base station. After a long period of time (i.e., the second preset time), the signal quality of the first air interface is likely to have returned to normal. Therefore, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
第二种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量;若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送第二信息。In the second case, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, the second information is sent to the base station.
需注意的是,电子设备在使用过程中可以不断获取第一空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第一空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第一空口信号的强弱。电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后也可以不断获取第二空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第二空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第二空口信号的强弱。It should be noted that the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal. After sending the first information to the base station, the electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
第二信号质量阈值可以预先进行设置,如第二信号质量阈值可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第二信号质量阈值可以设置的较小。这种情况下,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值,说明第二空口信号质量较差。第一信号质量阈值和第二信号质量阈值可以相同也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选地,第一信号质量阈值与第二信号质量阈值接近。The second signal quality threshold can be set in advance, such as the second signal quality threshold can be set by a technician according to actual needs. The second signal quality threshold can be set smaller. In this case, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor. The first signal quality threshold and the second signal quality threshold can be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. Optionally, the first signal quality threshold is close to the second signal quality threshold.
若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,说明第二空口信号质量较差且比第一空口信号质量差,那么第二网络的通话质量会比第一网络的通话质量差,在此情况下不宜使用第二网络进行通话,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话,以尽可能的保证电子设备的通话质量。 If the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality, then the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network. In this case, it is not appropriate to use the second network for calls. Therefore, the electronic device can send second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
比如,电子设备在第一空口信号质量长时间比较差的情况下向基站发送第一信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。此后第一空口信号质量并未好转,但是电子设备检测到第二空口信号质量较差且比第一空口信号质量还差,这种情况下第二网络的通话质量会比第一网络的通话质量更差,所以需要切换回第一网络进行通话,因而电子设备向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。For example, when the signal quality of the first air interface is poor for a long time, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. After that, the signal quality of the first air interface has not improved, but the electronic device detects that the signal quality of the second air interface is poor and worse than the signal quality of the first air interface. In this case, the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network, so it is necessary to switch back to the first network for the call. Therefore, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
又比如,电子设备在第一空口信号质量长时间比较差的情况下向基站发送第一信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。但是此后第一空口信号质量开始好转,电子设备检测到第二空口信号质量较差且差于已经好转的第一空口信号质量,这种情况下第一网络的通话质量优于第二网络的通话质量,所以可以切换回第一网络进行通话,因而电子设备向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。For another example, when the signal quality of the first air interface is poor for a long time, the electronic device sends the first information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. However, thereafter, the signal quality of the first air interface begins to improve, and the electronic device detects that the signal quality of the second air interface is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality that has improved. In this case, the call quality of the first network is better than the call quality of the second network, so it can switch back to the first network for the call. Therefore, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase.
第三种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息。In a third case, after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, the electronic device sends the second information to the base station.
第三信号质量阈值可以预先进行设置,如第三信号质量阈值可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设置。第三信号质量阈值可以设置的较大。这种情况下,若第一空口信号质量高于第三信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量较好。可选地,第三信号质量阈值可以大于第一信号质量阈值,且可以大于第二信号质量阈值。第三信号质量阈值与第四信号质量阈值可以相同也可以不同,可选地,第三信号质量阈值与第四信号质量阈值可以接近。The third signal quality threshold can be set in advance, such as the third signal quality threshold can be set by a technician according to actual needs. The third signal quality threshold can be set larger. In this case, if the first air interface signal quality is higher than the third signal quality threshold, it means that the first air interface signal quality is better. Optionally, the third signal quality threshold can be greater than the first signal quality threshold, and can be greater than the second signal quality threshold. The third signal quality threshold and the fourth signal quality threshold can be the same or different, and optionally, the third signal quality threshold and the fourth signal quality threshold can be close.
若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较好的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量比较好,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, it means that the first air interface signal quality is in a relatively good state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is relatively good, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
第四种情况,电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量;在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,或者,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息;若在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内未向基站发送第二信息,则在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后向基站发送第二信息。In the fourth case, the electronic device obtains the second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station; within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, then the second information is sent to the base station; if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, then the second information is sent to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
需注意的是,电子设备在使用过程中可以不断获取第一空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第一空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第一空口信号的强弱。电子设备在向基站发送第一信息后也可以不断获取第二空口信号质量,如可以周期性获取第二空口信号质量,以便及时获知当前第二空口信号的强弱。It should be noted that the electronic device can continuously obtain the first air interface signal quality during use, such as periodically obtaining the first air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current first air interface signal. After sending the first information to the base station, the electronic device can also continuously obtain the second air interface signal quality, such as periodically obtaining the second air interface signal quality, so as to timely know the strength of the current second air interface signal.
本申请实施例中,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,说明第二空口信号质量较差且比第一空口信号质量差,那么第二网络的通话质量会比第一网络的通话质量差,在此情况下不宜使用第二网络进行通话,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话,以尽可能的保证电子设备的通话质量。 In an embodiment of the present application, within a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, it means that the second air interface signal quality is poor and worse than the first air interface signal quality, then the call quality of the second network will be worse than the call quality of the first network. In this case, it is not appropriate to use the second network for calls. Therefore, the electronic device can send a second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase, so as to ensure the call quality of the electronic device as much as possible.
并且,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,说明第一空口信号质量长时间处于比较好的状态,这种情况下,第一网络的通话质量比较好,因而电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。Furthermore, within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, it means that the first air interface signal quality is in a relatively good state for a long time. In this case, the call quality of the first network is relatively good, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make a call through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若满足“第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量”、“第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值”这两个条件中的任意一个条件,则电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息。It can be understood that in an embodiment of the present application, within the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if any one of the two conditions of "the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality" and "the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period" is met, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station.
而若在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,未满足“第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量”这一条件,且未满足“第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值”这一条件,则在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内电子设备不会向基站发送第二信息。这种情况下,电子设备可以在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后向基站发送第二信息,这是由于电子设备向基站发送第一信息,经过较长时间(即第二预设时长)后,第一空口信号质量很有可能已经恢复正常,所以电子设备可以向基站发送第二信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络进行通话。如此,可保证电子设备在正常情况下会尽可能的通过第一网络进行通话。If, within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, the condition that "the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality" is not met, and the condition that "the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period" is not met, then the electronic device will not send the second information to the base station within the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station. In this case, the electronic device can send the second information to the base station after the second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station. This is because after the electronic device sends the first information to the base station, after a long time (i.e., the second preset time period), the first air interface signal quality is likely to have returned to normal, so the electronic device can send the second information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network during the call establishment phase. In this way, it can be ensured that the electronic device will make calls through the first network as much as possible under normal circumstances.
需说明的是,电子设备在上述四种情况下向基站发送第二信息后,可以继续不断获取第一空口信号质量,以便在第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值时再向基站发送第一信息,并且,在向基站发送第一信息后可以再根据上述四种情况来向基站发送第二信息。如此,可以根据空口信号质量选择性的触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第一网络或第二网络进行通话,保证电子设备在整个使用过程中的通话质量。It should be noted that after the electronic device sends the second information to the base station in the above four situations, it can continue to obtain the first air interface signal quality, so as to send the first information to the base station again when the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, and after sending the first information to the base station, the second information can be sent to the base station according to the above four situations. In this way, the base station can be selectively triggered according to the air interface signal quality to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the first network or the second network during the call establishment phase, thereby ensuring the call quality of the electronic device during the entire use process.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量。若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,说明第一网络的通话质量不佳,这种情况下,电子设备向基站发送目标信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,电子设备在第一网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以主动向基站汇报目标信息,以使基站可以在通话建立阶段将电子设备在通话时所使用的网络切换至第二网络。如此,是根据空口信号质量使电子设备在通话时选择一个更优的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量,提高用户的通话体验。In an embodiment of the present application, the electronic device obtains the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network. If it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality, it means that the call quality of the first network is poor. In this case, the electronic device sends target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and the user's call experience.
下面以第一移动通信技术标准为5G移动通信技术标准,第一网络为5G网络,第一空口为NR,第二移动通信技术标准为4G移动通信技术标准,第二网络为4G网络,第二空口为LTE空口为例来对上述通信方法进行示例性说明。这种情况下,上述第一空口信号质量即为NR信号质量,上述第二空口信号质量即为LTE信号质量。The following takes the first mobile communication technology standard as the 5G mobile communication technology standard, the first network as the 5G network, the first air interface as the NR, the second mobile communication technology standard as the 4G mobile communication technology standard, the second network as the 4G network, and the second air interface as the LTE air interface as an example to illustrate the above communication method. In this case, the first air interface signal quality is the NR signal quality, and the second air interface signal quality is the LTE signal quality.
可选地,电子设备包括应用处理器(application processor,AP)和调制解调器(Modem,MD),示例地,MD可以作为基带处理器(baseband processor,BP)的部分或全部。Optionally, the electronic device includes an application processor (AP) and a modem (MD). For example, the MD can serve as part or all of a baseband processor (BP).
在一些实施例中,结合图6来对上述通信方法进行示例性说明。 In some embodiments, the above communication method is exemplarily described in conjunction with FIG. 6 .
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图。参见图6,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG6 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤601:电子设备正常驻留于5G网络。Step 601: The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
这种情况下,电子设备的VONR能力是开启状态,电子设备支持VONR通话,即支持通过5G网络的NR进行通话。在此情况下,电子设备向基站上报的UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话。In this case, the VONR capability of the electronic device is turned on, and the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, supports calls through the NR of the 5G network. In this case, the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information reported by the electronic device to the base station is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
步骤602:电子设备进行VONR通话。Step 602: The electronic device makes a VONR call.
在电子设备驻留于5G网络时,电子设备可进行VONR通话,即可通过NR进行通话。When an electronic device resides on a 5G network, the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
步骤603:电子设备测量NR信号质量。Step 603: The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由MD测量NR信号质量并通知AP。For example, the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD and notified to the AP.
步骤604:电子设备判断NR信号质量是否持续处于比较差的状态;若否,则继续监控NR信号质量;若是,则执行如下步骤605。Step 604: The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality continues to be in a relatively poor state; if not, it continues to monitor the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 605.
示例地,可以由AP判断NR信号质量是否在一定时长(如第一预设时长)内持续较低(如低于第一信号质量阈值)。若NR信号质量未在一定时长内持续较低,则继续监控NR信号质量。若NR信号质量在一定时长内持续较低,则执行如下步骤605。For example, the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is continuously low (e.g., lower than a first signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (e.g., a first preset period of time). If the NR signal quality is not continuously low for a certain period of time, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored. If the NR signal quality is continuously low for a certain period of time, the following step 605 is performed.
步骤605:电子设备关闭VONR能力。Step 605: The electronic device turns off the VONR capability.
示例地,可以由AP通知MD关闭VONR能力。For example, the AP may notify the MD to disable the VONR capability.
在一种可选的方式中,电子设备在关闭VONR能力后,还可以启动定时器,如可以由AP启动定时器。定时器的时长可以是预设的时长,如可以是第二预设时长。In an optional manner, after the electronic device turns off the VONR capability, it can also start a timer, such as the AP can start the timer. The duration of the timer can be a preset duration, such as a second preset duration.
步骤606:电子设备向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为false,表明电子设备不支持VONR通话。Step 606: The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station. The value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false, indicating that the electronic device does not support VONR calls.
示例地,可以由MD向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为false。For example, the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
基站接收到该UE能力信息后获知电子设备不支持VONR通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备使用VOLTE通话,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过4G网络的LTE空口进行通话。After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support VONR calls. It will instruct the electronic device to use VOLTE calls during the call establishment phase, that is, it will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the LTE air interface of the 4G network during the call establishment phase.
步骤607:电子设备采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用VOLTE通话。Step 607: The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
示例地,在需要通话时,可以由MD采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络,然后电子设备可以使用VOLTE通话。For example, when a call is needed, the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
步骤608:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否差;若是,则执行如下步骤609;若否,则执行如下步骤610。Step 608: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is poor; if so, execute the following step 609; if not, execute the following step 610.
示例地,可以由AP判断LTE信号质量是否低于第二信号质量阈值;若是,则执行如下步骤609;若否,则执行如下步骤610。For example, the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold; if so, execute the following step 609; if not, execute the following step 610.
步骤609:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否好于NR信号质量;若是,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若否,则执行如下步骤612。Step 609: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality; if so, continue to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if not, execute the following step 612.
示例地,可以由AP判断LTE信号质量是否好于NR信号质量。For example, the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality.
步骤610:电子设备判断NR信号质量是否恢复;若否,则执行如下步骤611;若是,则执行如下步骤612。Step 610: The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is restored; if not, execute the following step 611; if so, execute the following step 612.
示例地,可以由AP判断NR信号质量是否在一定时长(如第一预设时长)内持续较高(如高于第三信号质量阈值)。 For example, the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality remains high (eg, higher than a third signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (eg, a first preset period of time).
若NR信号质量未在一定时长内持续较高,则作为一种示例,在上述步骤605启动定时器的情况下,可以继续执行如下步骤611,作为另一种示例,在上述步骤605未启动定时器的情况下,可以不执行步骤611,而是继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量。If the NR signal quality does not remain high for a certain period of time, as an example, when the timer is started in the above step 605, the following step 611 can be continued to be executed. As another example, when the timer is not started in the above step 605, step 611 may not be executed, but the LTE signal quality and NR signal quality may continue to be monitored.
若NR信号质量在一定时长内持续较高,则作为一种示例,可以直接执行如下步骤612,作为另一种示例,可以在本次通话结束后再执行如下步骤612。If the NR signal quality remains high for a certain period of time, as an example, the following step 612 may be directly executed. As another example, the following step 612 may be executed after the current call ends.
步骤611:电子设备判断定时器是否超时;若否,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若是,则执行如下步骤612。Step 611: The electronic device determines whether the timer has timed out; if not, it continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 612.
示例地,可以由AP判断定时器是否超时。若否,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若是,则作为一种示例,可以直接执行如下步骤612,作为另一种示例,可以在本次通话结束后再执行如下步骤612。For example, the AP may determine whether the timer has timed out. If not, the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality continue to be monitored; if yes, as an example, the following step 612 may be directly executed, and as another example, the following step 612 may be executed after the current call ends.
步骤612:电子设备打开VONR能力。Step 612: The electronic device turns on the VONR capability.
示例地,可以由AP通知MD打开VONR能力。For example, the AP may notify the MD to enable the VONR capability.
步骤613:电子设备向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话。Step 613: The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station. The value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
示例地,可以由MD向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true。For example, the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
基站接收到该UE能力信息后获知电子设备支持VONR通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备使用VONR通话,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过NR进行通话。After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports VONR calls, and will instruct the electronic device to use VONR calls during the call establishment phase, that is, instruct the electronic device to make calls through NR during the call establishment phase.
步骤614:电子设备进行VONR通话。Step 614: The electronic device makes a VONR call.
可选地,在上文图6实施例中,还可以调整第一预设时长(在下文称为T),下面结合图7来对此过程进行示例性说明。Optionally, in the embodiment of FIG. 6 above, the first preset time length (hereinafter referred to as T) may also be adjusted. This process is exemplarily described below in conjunction with FIG. 7 .
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图。参见图7,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG7 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤701:电子设备正常驻留于5G网络。Step 701: The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
这种情况下,电子设备的VONR能力是开启状态,电子设备支持VONR通话,即支持通过5G网络的NR进行通话。在此情况下,电子设备向基站上报的UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话。In this case, the VONR capability of the electronic device is turned on, and the electronic device supports VONR calls, that is, supports calls through the NR of the 5G network. In this case, the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information reported by the electronic device to the base station is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
步骤702:电子设备进行VONR通话。Step 702: The electronic device makes a VONR call.
在电子设备驻留于5G网络时,电子设备可进行VONR通话,即可通过NR进行通话。When an electronic device resides on a 5G network, the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
步骤703:电子设备测量NR信号质量。Step 703: The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由MD测量NR信号质量并通知AP。For example, the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD and notified to the AP.
这种情况下,电子设备判断NR信号质量是否持续处于比较差的状态,具体可以判断NR信号质量是否在第一预设时长内持续较低(如低于第一信号质量阈值)。若否,则继续监控NR信号质量;若是,则关闭VONR能力。In this case, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality continues to be in a relatively poor state, specifically, whether the NR signal quality continues to be low (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold) within a first preset time period. If not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality; if so, turn off the VONR capability.
具体来讲,电子设备每次获取到最新测量到的NR信号质量后,可以判断目标标记值是为第一标记值还是为第二标记值。Specifically, each time the electronic device obtains the latest measured NR signal quality, it can determine whether the target tag value is the first tag value or the second tag value.
若目标标记值为第一标记值且NR信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,则继续监控NR信号质量。而若目标标记值为第一标记值且NR信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则将目标标记值更新为第二标记值,并记录当前时刻为第一时刻;获取LTE信号质量;若LTE信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小第一预设时长,并记录当前时刻为第二时刻; 若LTE信号质量低于或等于第四信号质量阈值,则不对第一预设时长做调整,并记录当前时刻为第二时刻。If the target tag value is the first tag value and the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored. If the target tag value is the first tag value and the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, the target tag value is updated to the second tag value, and the current moment is recorded as the first moment; the LTE signal quality is obtained; if the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset time length is reduced, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment; If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is not adjusted, and the current time is recorded as the second time.
若目标标记值为第二标记值且NR信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,则将目标标记值更新为第一标记值,并删除所记录的第一时刻和第二时刻,以及设置第一预设时长为初始值。而若目标标记值为第二标记值且NR信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则获取LTE信号质量;若LTE信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小第一预设时长,并记录当前时刻为第二时刻;若LTE信号质量低于或等于第四信号质量阈值,则不对第一预设时长做调整,并记录当前时刻为第二时刻。If the target tag value is the second tag value and the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the target tag value is updated to the first tag value, and the recorded first and second moments are deleted, and the first preset duration is set as the initial value. If the target tag value is the second tag value and the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, the LTE signal quality is obtained; if the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is reduced, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment; if the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is not adjusted, and the current moment is recorded as the second moment.
之后,若最新记录的第二时刻与记录的第一时刻之间的时长差值大于第一预设时长,则关闭VONR能力。Afterwards, if the duration difference between the latest recorded second moment and the recorded first moment is greater than the first preset duration, the VONR capability is turned off.
其中,目标标记值为预先定义的值,用以表示上次测量到的NR信号质量的好坏。若目标标记值为第一标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好(如高于或等于第一信号质量阈值);若目标标记值为第二标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差(如低于第一信号质量阈值)。可选地,目标标记值可以用sflag来表示,这种情况下,第一标记值可以为false,第二标记值可以为true。Among them, the target mark value is a predefined value used to indicate the quality of the NR signal measured last time. If the target mark value is a first mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively good (such as higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold); if the target mark value is a second mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively poor (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold). Optionally, the target mark value can be represented by sflag, in which case the first mark value can be false and the second mark value can be true.
若目标标记值为第一标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好,这种情况下,若NR信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,说明本次测量到的NR信号质量也比较好,也就说明NR信号质量目前持续处于比较好的状态,那么无需执行其他操作,继续监控NR信号质量即可。If the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively good. In this case, if the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is also relatively good, which means that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively good state. In this case, no other operations are required, and you can continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
若目标标记值为第一标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好,这种情况下,若NR信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,说明本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,且NR信号质量是从本次开始变差的,因而可以将目标标记值更新为第二标记值,并记录当前时刻为第一时刻,第一时刻即为NR信号质量开始变差的时刻。并且,在此情况下,还可以获取LTE信号质量。若LTE信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前NR信号质量较差的情况下LTE信号质量较好,那么可以降低关闭VONR能力所要满足的预设条件,即减小NR信号质量处于比较差的状态时所需满足的持续时长,即可以减小第一预设时长,以期可以尽快关闭VONR能力。而若LTE信号质量低于或等于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前NR信号质量较差的情况下LTE信号质量也比较差,那么可以不对预设条件做调整,即不对第一预设时长做调整。之后,可以记录当前时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值即为NR信号质量目前在比较差的状态所持续的时长。If the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively good. In this case, if the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, and the NR signal quality has deteriorated since this time, so the target mark value can be updated to the second mark value, and the current moment is recorded as the first moment, which is the moment when the NR signal quality begins to deteriorate. In addition, in this case, the LTE signal quality can also be obtained. If the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the LTE signal quality is better when the current NR signal quality is poor, then the preset conditions to be met for closing the VONR capability can be reduced, that is, the duration required to be met when the NR signal quality is in a relatively poor state can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, so that the VONR capability can be closed as soon as possible. If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the LTE signal quality is also relatively poor when the current NR signal quality is poor, then the preset conditions can be adjusted without adjustment, that is, the first preset duration can be adjusted without adjustment. Afterwards, the current moment can be recorded as the second moment, and the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
若目标标记值为第二标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,这种情况下,若NR信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,说明本次测量到的NR信号质量比较好,且NR信号质量是从本次开始变好的,也就说明NR信号质量在短暂变差后又开始变好了,因而可以将目标标记值更新为第一标记值,并删除所记录的第一时刻和第二时刻。并且,在此情况下,可以维持关闭VONR能力所要满足的预设条件,即维持NR信号质量处于比较差的状态时所需满足的持续时长,即可以设置第一预设时长为初始值,以保证在NR信号质量长时间较差的情况下再关闭VONR能力。If the target tag value is the second tag value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor. In this case, if the NR signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively good, and the NR signal quality has improved since this time, which means that the NR signal quality has improved again after a short period of deterioration. Therefore, the target tag value can be updated to the first tag value, and the recorded first and second moments can be deleted. Moreover, in this case, the preset conditions to be met for shutting down the VONR capability can be maintained, that is, the duration required to maintain the NR signal quality in a relatively poor state, that is, the first preset duration can be set as the initial value to ensure that the VONR capability is shut down when the NR signal quality is poor for a long time.
若目标标记值为第二标记值,说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,这种情况下,若NR信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,说明本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,也就说 明NR信号质量目前持续处于比较差的状态,那么此时可以获取LTE信号质量。若LTE信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前NR信号质量较差的情况下LTE信号质量较好,那么可以降低关闭VONR能力所要满足的预设条件,即减小NR信号质量处于比较差的状态时所需满足的持续时长,即可以减小第一预设时长,以期可以尽快关闭VONR能力。而若LTE信号质量低于或等于第四信号质量阈值,说明当前NR信号质量较差的情况下LTE信号质量也比较差,那么可以不对预设条件做调整,即不对第一预设时长做调整。之后,可以记录当前时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值即为NR信号质量目前在比较差的状态所持续的时长。If the target tag value is the second tag value, it means that the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor. In this case, if the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold, it means that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor. If the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state, then the LTE signal quality can be obtained at this time. If the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the LTE signal quality is better when the current NR signal quality is poor, then the preset conditions to be met for shutting down the VONR capability can be lowered, that is, the duration required to be met when the NR signal quality is in a relatively poor state can be reduced, that is, the first preset duration can be reduced, in order to shut down the VONR capability as soon as possible. If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth signal quality threshold, it means that the LTE signal quality is also relatively poor when the current NR signal quality is poor, then no adjustment can be made to the preset conditions, that is, no adjustment can be made to the first preset duration. Afterwards, the current moment can be recorded as the second moment, and the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
在上述情况下,若最新记录的第二时刻与记录的第一时刻之间的时长差值与大于第一预设时长,说明NR信号质量已经在第一预设时长内持续处于比较差的状态,即NR信号质量已经长时间持续处于比较差的状态,则可以关闭VONR能力。In the above case, if the difference in duration between the second moment of the latest record and the first moment of the record is greater than the first preset duration, it means that the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for the first preset duration, that is, the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for a long time, then the VONR capability can be turned off.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中,可以在确定了NR信号质量较差且LTE信号质量较好的情况下减小第一预设时长来关闭VONR能力,所以在基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备切换通话时所使用的网络为4G网络后,可以在一定程度上保证电子设备不会因LTE信号质量较差而又需触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换回5G网络。如此,可以避免电子设备将通话时所使用的网络在5G网络与4G网络之间来回切换,避免产生乒乓效应。It is worth noting that in the embodiment of the present application, the first preset duration can be reduced to turn off the VONR capability when it is determined that the NR signal quality is poor and the LTE signal quality is good. Therefore, after the base station instructs the electronic device to switch the network used for the call to the 4G network during the call establishment phase, it can be guaranteed to a certain extent that the electronic device will not trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to switch the network used for the call back to the 5G network during the call establishment phase due to the poor LTE signal quality. In this way, it can be avoided that the electronic device switches the network used for the call back and forth between the 5G network and the 4G network, avoiding the ping-pong effect.
上述关闭VONR能力的过程具体可以通过如下步骤704-步骤712实现。The above process of disabling the VONR capability can be specifically implemented through the following steps 704 to 712.
步骤704:电子设备每次获取到最新测量到的NR信号质量后,判断目标标记值是否为第二标记值;若是,则执行步骤705;若否,则执行步骤707。Step 704: Each time the electronic device obtains the latest measured NR signal quality, it determines whether the target mark value is the second mark value; if so, execute step 705; if not, execute step 707.
示例地,可以由AP在每次获取到最新测量到的NR信号质量后,判断目标标记值是否为第二标记值。For example, the AP may determine whether the target mark value is the second mark value each time after acquiring the latest measured NR signal quality.
目标标记值为第二标记值说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,目标标记值为第一标记值说明上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好。If the target mark value is the second mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively poor. If the target mark value is the first mark value, it means that the quality of the NR signal measured last time is relatively good.
步骤705:电子设备判断NR信号质量是否好;若是,则执行步骤706;若否,则执行步骤709。Step 705: The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is good; if so, execute step 706; if not, execute step 709.
示例地,可以由AP判断NR信号质量是否好。若是,则执行步骤706;若否,则作为一种示例,可以继续执行步骤709,作为另一种示例,可以不执行步骤709,而是继续执行步骤711。For example, the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is good. If so, step 706 is performed; if not, as an example, step 709 may be continued to be performed, and as another example, step 709 may not be performed, but step 711 may be continued to be performed.
在上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差的情况下,电子设备判断本次测量到的NR信号质量是否好。也即,电子设备判断本次测量到的NR信号质量是否高于或等于第一信号质量阈值。When the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is good. That is, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold.
步骤706:电子设备设置目标标记值为第一标记值,且继续监控NR信号质量。Step 706: The electronic device sets the target tag value to the first tag value and continues to monitor the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由AP设置目标标记值为第一标记值,且继续监控NR信号质量。For example, the AP may set the target tag value to a first tag value and continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
在上次测量到的NR信号质量比较差的情况下,若本次测量到的NR信号质量比较好,则将目标标记值设置为第一标记值,且删除所记录的第一时刻和第二时刻,以及设置T为初始值。之后,继续监控NR信号质量。In the case where the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively poor, if the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively good, the target mark value is set to the first mark value, and the recorded first moment and second moment are deleted, and T is set to the initial value. After that, the NR signal quality continues to be monitored.
步骤707:电子设备判断NR信号质量是否差;若是,则执行步骤708;若否,则继续监控NR信号质量。 Step 707: The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is poor; if so, execute step 708; if not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由AP判断NR信号质量是否差。For example, the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality is poor.
在上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好的情况下,电子设备判断本次测量到的NR信号质量是否差。也即,电子设备判断本次测量到的NR信号质量是否低于第一信号质量阈值。When the NR signal quality measured last time is relatively good, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is poor. That is, the electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality measured this time is lower than the first signal quality threshold.
在上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好的情况下,若本次测量到的NR信号质量也比较好,则继续监控NR信号质量。If the NR signal quality measured last time was relatively good and if the NR signal quality measured this time is also relatively good, the NR signal quality will continue to be monitored.
步骤708:电子设备设置目标标记值为第二标记值,且记录当前时刻为第一时刻,执行步骤709。Step 708 : The electronic device sets the target tag value to the second tag value, and records the current moment as the first moment, and executes step 709 .
示例地,可以由AP设置目标标记值为第二标记值,且记录当前时刻为第一时刻。之后,作为一种示例,可以继续执行步骤709,作为另一种示例,可以不执行步骤709,而是继续执行步骤711。For example, the AP may set the target tag value as the second tag value, and record the current time as the first time. Afterwards, as an example, step 709 may be continued to be performed, and as another example, step 709 may not be performed, but step 711 may be continued to be performed.
在上次测量到的NR信号质量比较好的情况下,若本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差,则需要修改目标标记值为第二标记值,且记录第一时刻,第一时刻即为NR信号质量开始变差的时刻。In the case that the NR signal quality measured last time was relatively good, if the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, it is necessary to modify the target mark value to the second mark value and record the first moment, which is the moment when the NR signal quality begins to deteriorate.
步骤709:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否好;若是,则执行步骤710和步骤711;若否,则执行步骤711。Step 709: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is good; if so, execute steps 710 and 711; if not, execute step 711.
示例地,可以由AP判断LTE信号质量是否好。For example, the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is good.
在本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差的情况下,可以获取LTE信号质量,且可以判断LTE信号质量是否好,也即,可以判断LTE信号质量是否高于第四信号质量阈值。When the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, the LTE signal quality can be obtained, and it can be determined whether the LTE signal quality is good, that is, it can be determined whether the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold.
步骤710:电子设备缩短T值。Step 710: The electronic device shortens the T value.
示例地,可以由AP缩短T值。For example, the T value may be shortened by the AP.
在本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差的情况下,若LTE信号质量比较好,则可以缩短T值。In the case that the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, if the LTE signal quality is relatively good, the T value can be shortened.
在本次测量到的NR信号质量比较差的情况下,若LTE信号质量比较差,则不对T值做调整。In the case where the NR signal quality measured this time is relatively poor, if the LTE signal quality is relatively poor, the T value is not adjusted.
步骤711:电子设备记录当前时刻为第二时刻,执行步骤712。Step 711: The electronic device records the current moment as the second moment, and executes step 712.
示例地,可以由AP记录当前时刻为第二时刻。For example, the AP may record the current time as the second time.
第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值即为NR信号质量目前在比较差的状态所持续的时长。The duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is the duration that the NR signal quality is currently in a relatively poor state.
步骤712:电子设备判断第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值是否大于或等于T;若是,则执行步骤713;若否,则继续监控NR信号质量。Step 712: The electronic device determines whether the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T; if so, execute step 713; if not, continue to monitor the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由AP判断第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值是否大于或等于T。For example, the AP may determine whether the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T.
若第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值大于或等于T,说明NR信号质量目前已经长时间处于比较差的状态。若第二时刻与第一时刻之间的时长差值小于T,说明NR信号质量目前仅在短时间处于比较差的状态,因而可以继续监控NR信号质量。If the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is greater than or equal to T, it means that the NR signal quality has been in a relatively poor state for a long time. If the duration difference between the second moment and the first moment is less than T, it means that the NR signal quality is only in a relatively poor state for a short time, so the NR signal quality can continue to be monitored.
步骤713:电子设备关闭VONR能力。Step 713: The electronic device turns off the VONR capability.
示例地,可以由AP通知MD关闭VONR能力。For example, the AP may notify the MD to disable the VONR capability.
在一种可选的方式中,电子设备在关闭VONR能力后,还可以启动定时器,如可以由AP启动定时器。定时器的时长可以是预设的时长,如可以是第二预设时长。In an optional manner, after the electronic device turns off the VONR capability, it can also start a timer, such as the AP can start the timer. The duration of the timer can be a preset duration, such as a second preset duration.
步骤714:电子设备向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字 段的值为false,表明电子设备不支持VONR通话。Step 714: The electronic device reports the UE capability information to the base station. The VONR support word in the UE capability information The value of this segment is false, indicating that the electronic device does not support VONR calls.
示例地,可以由MD向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为false。For example, the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is false.
基站接收到该UE能力信息后获知电子设备不支持VONR通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备使用VOLTE通话,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过4G网络的LTE空口进行通话。After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device does not support VONR calls. It will instruct the electronic device to use VOLTE calls during the call establishment phase, that is, it will instruct the electronic device to make calls through the LTE air interface of the 4G network during the call establishment phase.
步骤715:电子设备采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用VOLTE通话。Step 715: The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
示例地,在需要通话时,可以由MD采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络,然后电子设备可以使用VOLTE通话。For example, when a call is needed, the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
步骤716:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否差;若是,则执行如下步骤717;若否,则执行如下步骤718。Step 716: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is poor; if so, execute the following step 717; if not, execute the following step 718.
示例地,可以由AP判断LTE信号质量是否低于第二信号质量阈值;若是,则执行如下步骤717;若否,则执行如下步骤718。For example, the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold; if so, execute the following step 717; if not, execute the following step 718.
步骤717:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否好于NR信号质量;若是,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若否,则执行如下步骤720。Step 717: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality; if so, continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if not, executes the following step 720.
示例地,可以由AP判断LTE信号质量是否好于NR信号质量。For example, the AP may determine whether the LTE signal quality is better than the NR signal quality.
步骤718:电子设备判断NR信号质量是否恢复;若否,则执行如下步骤719;若是,则执行如下步骤720。Step 718: The electronic device determines whether the NR signal quality is restored; if not, execute the following step 719; if so, execute the following step 720.
示例地,可以由AP判断NR信号质量是否在一定时长(如第一预设时长)内持续较高(如高于第三信号质量阈值)。For example, the AP may determine whether the NR signal quality remains high (eg, higher than a third signal quality threshold) for a certain period of time (eg, a first preset period of time).
若NR信号质量未在一定时长内持续较高,则作为一种示例,在上述步骤713启动定时器的情况下,可以继续执行如下步骤719,作为另一种示例,在上述步骤713未启动定时器的情况下,可以不执行步骤719,而是继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量。If the NR signal quality does not remain high for a certain period of time, as an example, when the timer is started in the above step 713, the following step 719 can be continued to be executed. As another example, when the timer is not started in the above step 713, step 719 may not be executed, but the LTE signal quality and NR signal quality may continue to be monitored.
若NR信号质量在一定时长内持续较高,则作为一种示例,可以直接执行如下步骤720,作为另一种示例,可以在本次通话结束后再执行如下步骤720。If the NR signal quality remains high for a certain period of time, as an example, the following step 720 may be directly executed. As another example, the following step 720 may be executed after the call ends.
步骤719:电子设备判断定时器是否超时;若否,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若是,则执行如下步骤720。Step 719: The electronic device determines whether the timer has timed out; if not, it continues to monitor the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality; if so, executes the following step 720.
示例地,可以由AP判断定时器是否超时。若否,则继续监控LTE信号质量和NR信号质量;若是,则作为一种示例,可以直接执行如下步骤720,作为另一种示例,可以在本次通话结束后再执行如下步骤720。For example, the AP may determine whether the timer has timed out. If not, the LTE signal quality and the NR signal quality continue to be monitored; if yes, as an example, the following step 720 may be directly executed, and as another example, the following step 720 may be executed after the current call ends.
步骤720:电子设备打开VONR能力。Step 720: The electronic device turns on the VONR capability.
示例地,可以由AP通知MD打开VONR能力。For example, the AP may notify the MD to enable the VONR capability.
步骤721:电子设备向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true,表明电子设备支持VONR通话。Step 721: The electronic device reports UE capability information to the base station. The value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true, indicating that the electronic device supports VONR calls.
示例地,可以由MD向基站上报UE能力信息,该UE能力信息中的VONR support字段的值为true。For example, the MD can report UE capability information to the base station, and the value of the VONR support field in the UE capability information is true.
基站接收到该UE能力信息后获知电子设备支持VONR通话,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备使用VONR通话,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过NR进行通话。After receiving the UE capability information, the base station learns that the electronic device supports VONR calls, and will instruct the electronic device to use VONR calls during the call establishment phase, that is, instruct the electronic device to make calls through NR during the call establishment phase.
步骤722:电子设备进行VONR通话。 Step 722: The electronic device makes a VONR call.
在另一些实施例中,结合图8来对上述通信方法进行示例性说明。In other embodiments, the above communication method is exemplarily described in conjunction with FIG. 8 .
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图。参见图8,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG8 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤801:电子设备正常驻留于5G网络。Step 801: The electronic device normally resides in the 5G network.
步骤802:电子设备进行VONR通话。Step 802: The electronic device makes a VONR call.
在电子设备驻留于5G网络时,电子设备可进行VONR通话,即可通过NR进行通话。When an electronic device resides on a 5G network, the electronic device can make VONR calls, that is, make calls through NR.
步骤803:电子设备测量NR信号质量。Step 803: The electronic device measures the NR signal quality.
示例地,可以由MD测量NR信号质量。For example, the NR signal quality may be measured by the MD.
电子设备可以持续测量NR信号质量,如可以周期性测量NR信号质量。The electronic device may continuously measure the NR signal quality, such as periodically measuring the NR signal quality.
步骤804:电子设备接收呼叫请求消息。Step 804: The electronic device receives a call request message.
可选地,该呼叫请求消息可以为INVITE消息。Optionally, the call request message may be an INVITE message.
步骤805:若NR信号质量较好,则电子设备进行VONR通话。Step 805: If the NR signal quality is good, the electronic device performs a VONR call.
示例地,电子设备接收到呼叫请求消息后,MD可以确定当前NR信号质量,如可以判断NR信号质量是否低于第一信号质量阈值。若NR信号质量较好(如高于或等于第一信号质量阈值),说明当前通过NR进行通话时的通话质量较好,则电子设备可以进行VONR通话。For example, after the electronic device receives the call request message, the MD can determine the current NR signal quality, such as whether the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold. If the NR signal quality is good (such as higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold), it means that the call quality of the current call through NR is good, and the electronic device can make a VONR call.
可选地,电子设备接收到呼叫请求消息后,可以向基站发送100Trying消息,表示已经收到INVITE消息。之后,电子设备可以向基站发送会话进度消息(如183Session Progress消息),提示建立会话的进度。之后,电子设备和基站之间可以进行分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)会话修改(Session Modify)信令交互,以建立会话。在会话建立成功后,电子设备即可进行VONR通话。Optionally, after receiving the call request message, the electronic device can send a 100Trying message to the base station to indicate that the INVITE message has been received. Afterwards, the electronic device can send a session progress message (such as a 183Session Progress message) to the base station to prompt the progress of establishing the session. Afterwards, the electronic device and the base station can perform packet data unit (PDU) session modification (Session Modify) signaling interaction to establish a session. After the session is successfully established, the electronic device can make a VONR call.
步骤806:电子设备接收呼叫请求消息。Step 806: The electronic device receives a call request message.
步骤807:若NR信号质量较差,则电子设备测量LTE信号质量。Step 807: If the NR signal quality is poor, the electronic device measures the LTE signal quality.
示例地,电子设备接收到呼叫请求消息后,MD可以确定当前NR信号质量,如可以判断NR信号质量是否低于第一信号质量阈值。若NR信号质量较差(如低于第一信号质量阈值),说明当前通过NR进行通话时的通话质量较差,则MD可以测量LTE信号质量。For example, after the electronic device receives the call request message, the MD can determine the current NR signal quality, such as whether the NR signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold. If the NR signal quality is poor (such as lower than the first signal quality threshold), it means that the call quality during the current call via NR is poor, and the MD can measure the LTE signal quality.
步骤808:电子设备判断LTE信号质量是否好;若是,则执行步骤809。Step 808: The electronic device determines whether the LTE signal quality is good; if so, execute step 809.
示例地,可以由MD判断LTE信号质量是否好。For example, the MD may determine whether the LTE signal quality is good.
可选地,若LTE信号质量高于第四质量阈值和/或高于NR信号质量,则可以确定LTE信号质量好。若LTE信号质量低于或等于第四质量阈值,且低于或等于NR信号质量,则可以确定LTE信号质量差。Optionally, if the LTE signal quality is higher than the fourth quality threshold and/or higher than the NR signal quality, it can be determined that the LTE signal quality is good. If the LTE signal quality is lower than or equal to the fourth quality threshold and lower than or equal to the NR signal quality, it can be determined that the LTE signal quality is poor.
若LTE信号质量差,说明当前通过LTE空口进行通话时的通话质量比通过NR进行通话时的通话质量还差,那么此时应依旧通过NR进行通话,即电子设备依旧进行VONR通话。示例地,这种情况下,电子设备接收到呼叫请求消息后,可以向基站发送100Trying消息,表示已经收到INVITE消息。之后,电子设备可以向基站发送会话进度消息,提示建立会话的进度。之后,电子设备和基站之间可以进行PDU Session Modify信令交互,以建立会话。在会话建立成功后,电子设备即可进行VONR通话。If the LTE signal quality is poor, it means that the call quality when currently making a call through the LTE air interface is worse than the call quality when making a call through NR. In this case, the call should still be made through NR, that is, the electronic device still makes a VONR call. For example, in this case, after the electronic device receives the call request message, it can send a 100Trying message to the base station, indicating that the INVITE message has been received. Afterwards, the electronic device can send a session progress message to the base station to prompt the progress of establishing the session. Afterwards, the electronic device and the base station can perform PDU Session Modify signaling interaction to establish a session. After the session is successfully established, the electronic device can make a VONR call.
步骤809:电子设备向基站发送B事件。Step 809: The electronic device sends event B to the base station.
示例地,可以由MD向基站发送B事件。For example, the B event may be sent by the MD to the base station.
若LTE信号质量好,说明当前通过LTE空口进行通话时的通话质量比通过NR进行通 话时的通话质量要好,那么此时应选择通过LTE空口进行通话。因而电子设备可以向基站发送B事件。基站接收到B事件后,获知异系统邻区信号高于门限值,则会在通话建立阶段指示电子设备在通话时接入异系统邻区(即4G网络的小区),换句话说,在通话建立阶段指示电子设备将通话时所使用的网络切换为4G网络,即在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过4G网络进行通话,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量。If the LTE signal quality is good, it means that the call quality through the LTE air interface is better than that through the NR air interface. If you want to have a good call quality during a call, you should choose to make a call through the LTE air interface. Therefore, the electronic device can send a B event to the base station. After the base station receives the B event, it will know that the signal of the neighboring cell of the different system is higher than the threshold value, and it will instruct the electronic device to access the neighboring cell of the different system (that is, the cell of the 4G network) during the call establishment stage. In other words, during the call establishment stage, the electronic device is instructed to switch the network used during the call to the 4G network, that is, during the call establishment stage, the electronic device is instructed to make a call through the 4G network, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device.
步骤810:电子设备采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络来使用VOLTE通话。Step 810: The electronic device uses EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network to use VOLTE calls.
示例地,在需要通话时,可以由MD采用EPSFB技术从5G网络回落到4G网络,然后电子设备可以使用VOLTE通话。For example, when a call is needed, the MD can use EPSFB technology to fall back from the 5G network to the 4G network, and then the electronic device can use VOLTE for the call.
示例地,电子设备接收到呼叫请求消息后,可以向基站(此时是5G网络的基站)发送100Trying消息,表示已经收到INVITE消息。在NR信号质量差而LTE信号质量好的情况下,在向基站(5G网络的基站)发送100Trying消息的之前或之后还可以向基站(5G网络的基站)发送B事件。基站(5G网络的基站)在接收到B事件后,指示电子设备重定向到或切换到异系统邻区(即4G网络的小区),如此电子设备可驻留于4G网络。之后,电子设备可以向基站(此时是4G网络的基站)发送会话进度消息,提示建立会话的进度,然后电子设备与基站(4G网络的基站)之间建立专有承载。之后,电子设备即可进行VOLTE通话。For example, after receiving the call request message, the electronic device can send a 100Trying message to the base station (this is the base station of the 5G network) to indicate that the INVITE message has been received. When the NR signal quality is poor and the LTE signal quality is good, a B event can also be sent to the base station (the base station of the 5G network) before or after sending the 100Trying message to the base station (the base station of the 5G network). After receiving the B event, the base station (the base station of the 5G network) instructs the electronic device to redirect or switch to a neighboring area of a different system (ie, a cell of the 4G network), so that the electronic device can reside in the 4G network. Afterwards, the electronic device can send a session progress message to the base station (this is the base station of the 4G network) to prompt the progress of establishing the session, and then establish a dedicated bearer between the electronic device and the base station (the base station of the 4G network). After that, the electronic device can make a VOLTE call.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,该装置可以由软件、硬件或者两者的结合实现成为计算机设备的部分或者全部,该计算机设备可以为上文图2-图3实施例中所述的电子设备100。该装置应用于电子设备,电子设备支持第一移动通信技术标准和第二移动通信技术标准,第一移动通信技术标准高于第二移动通信技术标准。FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application, which can be implemented as part or all of a computer device by software, hardware, or a combination of both, and the computer device can be the electronic device 100 described in the embodiments of FIG2-FIG3 above. The device is applied to an electronic device, and the electronic device supports a first mobile communication technology standard and a second mobile communication technology standard, and the first mobile communication technology standard is higher than the second mobile communication technology standard.
参见图9,该装置包括:第一获取模块901和第一发送模块902。Referring to FIG. 9 , the device includes: a first acquiring module 901 and a first sending module 902 .
第一获取模块901,用于在电子设备驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量,第一网络为基于第一移动通信技术标准的网络,第一空口为第一网络的空口;A first acquisition module 901 is used to acquire a first air interface signal quality when the electronic device resides in a first network, where the first network is a network based on a first mobile communication technical standard, and the first air interface is an air interface of the first network;
第一发送模块902,用于若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,目标信息用于触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,第二网络为基于第二移动通信技术标准的网络,预设条件用于指示第一网络的通话质量不佳。The first sending module 902 is used to send target information to the base station if it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality. The target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. The second network is a network based on the second mobile communication technology standard. The preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor.
可选地,第一发送模块902用于:Optionally, the first sending module 902 is used to:
若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第一信息,第一信息为目标信息,第一信息用于指示电子设备不支持通过第一网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality is continuously lower than the first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, first information is sent to the base station, where the first information is target information and is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
可选地,该装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二发送模块,用于在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后,向基站发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话。The second sending module is used to send second information to the base station after a second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, where the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
可选地,该装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二获取模块,用于在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为第二网络的空口;A second acquisition module, configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
第二发送模块,用于若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第 一网络进行通话。The second sending module is used to send second information to the base station if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports the second air interface signal quality. A network for making calls.
可选地,该装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二发送模块,用于在向基站发送第一信息后,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话。The second sending module is used to send second information to the base station after sending the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
可选地,该装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二获取模块,用于在向基站发送第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为第二网络的空口;A second acquisition module, configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality after sending the first information to the base station, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
第二发送模块,用于在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量低于第一空口信号质量,或者,若第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向基站发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示电子设备支持通过第一网络进行通话;a second sending module, configured to send second information to the base station within a second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than the second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time, the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network;
第二发送模块,还用于若在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长内未向基站发送第二信息,则在向基站发送第一信息后的第二预设时长后向基站发送第二信息。The second sending module is further used to send the second information to the base station after the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station, if the second information is not sent to the base station within the second preset time after sending the first information to the base station.
可选地,该装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二获取模块,用于在电子设备驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为第二网络的空口;A second acquisition module, configured to acquire a second air interface signal quality when the electronic device resides in the first network, the second air interface being an air interface of the second network;
设置模块,用于若第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值且第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小第一预设时长;若第一空口信号质量高于或等于第一信号质量阈值,则设置第一预设时长为初始值。The setting module is used to reduce the first preset duration if the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold; if the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, set the first preset duration to an initial value.
可选地,第一发送模块902用于:Optionally, the first sending module 902 is used to:
若在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为第二网络的空口;If the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold when the call request message is received or the call request message is sent, obtaining the second air interface signal quality, where the second air interface is the air interface of the second network;
若第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或者,若第二空口信号质量高于第一空口信号质量,则向基站发送目标事件,目标事件为目标信息,目标事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。If the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station, the target event is target information, and the target event is used to indicate that the heterosystem neighboring cell signal is higher than the threshold value.
可选地,目标事件为B事件,B事件为B1事件或B2事件。Optionally, the target event is a B event, and the B event is a B1 event or a B2 event.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备在驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量。若根据第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,说明第一网络的通话质量不佳,这种情况下,电子设备向基站发送目标信息,以触发基站在通话建立阶段指示电子设备通过第二网络进行通话。如此,电子设备在第一网络的通话质量不佳的情况下,可以主动向基站汇报目标信息,以使基站可以在通话建立阶段将电子设备在通话时所使用的网络切换至第二网络。如此,是根据空口信号质量使电子设备在通话时选择一个更优的网络,从而可以提高电子设备的通话质量,提高用户的通话体验。In an embodiment of the present application, the electronic device obtains the first air interface signal quality while residing in the first network. If it is determined that the preset condition is met based on the first air interface signal quality, it means that the call quality of the first network is poor. In this case, the electronic device sends target information to the base station to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, when the call quality of the first network is poor, the electronic device can actively report the target information to the base station so that the base station can switch the network used by the electronic device during the call to the second network during the call establishment phase. In this way, the electronic device selects a better network during the call based on the air interface signal quality, thereby improving the call quality of the electronic device and improving the user's call experience.
需要说明的是:上述实施例提供的通信装置在通信时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。It should be noted that: when the communication device provided in the above embodiment communicates, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example. In actual applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
上述实施例中的各功能单元、模块可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中,上述集成的单元既可以采用 硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。另外,各功能单元、模块的具体名称也只是为了便于相互区分,并不用于限制本申请实施例的保护范围。The functional units and modules in the above embodiments may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units may adopt The hardware form can also be implemented in the form of software functional units. In addition, the specific names of the functional units and modules are only for the convenience of distinguishing each other and are not used to limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
上述实施例提供的通信装置与通信方法实施例属于同一构思,上述实施例中单元、模块的具体工作过程及带来的技术效果,可参见方法实施例部分,此处不再赘述。The communication device and communication method embodiments provided in the above embodiments belong to the same concept. The specific working process of the units and modules in the above embodiments and the technical effects brought about can be found in the method embodiment part and will not be repeated here.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意结合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,比如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(比如:同轴电缆、光纤、数据用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(比如:红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质,或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(比如:软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(比如:数字通用光盘(Digital Versatile Disc,DVD))或半导体介质(比如:固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as: coaxial cable, optical fiber, data subscriber line (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (such as: infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
以上所述为本申请提供的可选实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的揭露的技术范围之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are optional embodiments provided for the present application and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the technical scope disclosed in the present application shall be included in the protection scope of the present application.

Claims (12)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备支持第一移动通信技术标准和第二移动通信技术标准,所述第一移动通信技术标准高于所述第二移动通信技术标准,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device supports a first mobile communication technology standard and a second mobile communication technology standard, the first mobile communication technology standard is higher than the second mobile communication technology standard, and the method comprises:
    在所述电子设备驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量,所述第一网络为基于所述第一移动通信技术标准的网络,第一空口为所述第一网络的空口;Acquiring a first air interface signal quality during the process in which the electronic device resides in a first network, where the first network is a network based on the first mobile communication technology standard, and the first air interface is an air interface of the first network;
    若根据所述第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,所述目标信息用于触发所述基站在通话建立阶段指示所述电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,所述第二网络为基于所述第二移动通信技术标准的网络,所述预设条件用于指示所述第一网络的通话质量不佳。If it is determined based on the first air interface signal quality that the preset conditions are met, target information is sent to the base station, and the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through a second network during the call establishment phase. The second network is a network based on the second mobile communication technology standard, and the preset conditions are used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述若根据所述第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein if it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that a preset condition is met, sending target information to the base station comprises:
    若所述第一空口信号质量在第一预设时长内持续低于第一信号质量阈值,则向所述基站发送第一信息,所述第一信息为所述目标信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述电子设备不支持通过所述第一网络进行通话。If the first air interface signal quality continues to be lower than a first signal quality threshold within a first preset time period, first information is sent to the base station, where the first information is the target information and is used to indicate that the electronic device does not support calls through the first network.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后的第二预设时长后,向所述基站发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述电子设备支持通过所述第一网络进行通话。After a second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, second information is sent to the base station, where the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  4. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为所述第二网络的空口;After sending the first information to the base station, obtaining a second air interface signal quality, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
    若所述第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且所述第二空口信号质量低于所述第一空口信号质量,则向所述基站发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述电子设备支持通过所述第一网络进行通话。If the second air interface signal quality is lower than a second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, second information is sent to the base station, where the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  5. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后,若所述第一空口信号质量在所述第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向所述基站发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述电子设备支持通过所述第一网络进行通话。After sending the first information to the base station, if the first air interface signal quality continues to be higher than the third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, second information is sent to the base station, and the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network.
  6. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为所述第二网络的空口;After sending the first information to the base station, obtaining a second air interface signal quality, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
    在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后的第二预设时长内,若所述第二空口信号质量低于第二信号质量阈值且所述第二空口信号质量低于所述第一空口信号质量,或者,若所述第一空口信号质量在所述第一预设时长内持续高于第三信号质量阈值,则向所述基站发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述电子设备支持通过所述第一网络进行通话;Within a second preset time period after sending the first information to the base station, if the second air interface signal quality is lower than a second signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is lower than the first air interface signal quality, or if the first air interface signal quality is continuously higher than a third signal quality threshold within the first preset time period, sending second information to the base station, where the second information is used to indicate that the electronic device supports calls through the first network;
    若在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后的第二预设时长内未向所述基站发送所述第二信息,则在向所述基站发送所述第一信息后的第二预设时长后向所述基站发送所述第二信息。 If the second information is not sent to the base station within a second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station, the second information is sent to the base station after the second preset time period after the first information is sent to the base station.
  7. 如权利要求2至6任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在所述电子设备驻留于所述第一网络的过程中获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为所述第二网络的空口;Acquiring a second air interface signal quality during the process in which the electronic device resides in the first network, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
    若所述第一空口信号质量低于所述第一信号质量阈值且所述第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,则减小所述第一预设时长;If the first air interface signal quality is lower than the first signal quality threshold and the second air interface signal quality is higher than a fourth signal quality threshold, reducing the first preset duration;
    若所述第一空口信号质量高于或等于所述第一信号质量阈值,则设置所述第一预设时长为初始值。If the first air interface signal quality is higher than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first preset duration is set as an initial value.
  8. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述若根据所述第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein if it is determined according to the first air interface signal quality that a preset condition is met, sending target information to the base station comprises:
    若在接收到呼叫请求消息或发出呼叫请求消息时所述第一空口信号质量低于第一信号质量阈值,则获取第二空口信号质量,第二空口为所述第二网络的空口;If the first air interface signal quality is lower than a first signal quality threshold when a call request message is received or a call request message is sent, obtaining a second air interface signal quality, where the second air interface is an air interface of the second network;
    若所述第二空口信号质量高于第四信号质量阈值,或者,若所述第二空口信号质量高于所述第一空口信号质量,则向所述基站发送目标事件,所述目标事件为所述目标信息,所述目标事件用于指示异系统邻区信号高于门限值。If the second air interface signal quality is higher than the fourth signal quality threshold, or if the second air interface signal quality is higher than the first air interface signal quality, a target event is sent to the base station, the target event is the target information, and the target event is used to indicate that the heterosystem neighboring cell signal is higher than the threshold value.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标事件为B事件,所述B事件为B1事件或B2事件。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the target event is a B event, and the B event is a B1 event or a B2 event.
  10. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备支持第一移动通信技术标准和第二移动通信技术标准,所述第一移动通信技术标准高于所述第二移动通信技术标准,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device supports a first mobile communication technical standard and a second mobile communication technical standard, the first mobile communication technical standard is higher than the second mobile communication technical standard, and the device comprises:
    第一获取模块,用于在所述电子设备驻留于第一网络的过程中获取第一空口信号质量,所述第一网络为基于所述第一移动通信技术标准的网络,第一空口为所述第一网络的空口;A first acquisition module, configured to acquire a first air interface signal quality during the process in which the electronic device resides in a first network, wherein the first network is a network based on the first mobile communication technical standard, and the first air interface is an air interface of the first network;
    第一发送模块,用于若根据所述第一空口信号质量确定满足预设条件,则向基站发送目标信息,所述目标信息用于触发所述基站在通话建立阶段指示所述电子设备通过第二网络进行通话,所述第二网络为基于所述第二移动通信技术标准的网络,所述预设条件用于指示所述第一网络的通话质量不佳。The first sending module is used to send target information to the base station if it is determined that a preset condition is met according to the first air interface signal quality, wherein the target information is used to trigger the base station to instruct the electronic device to make a call through a second network during a call establishment phase, wherein the second network is a network based on the second mobile communication technology standard, and the preset condition is used to indicate that the call quality of the first network is poor.
  11. 一种计算机设备,其特征在于,所述计算机设备包括存储器、处理器以及存储在所述存储器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法。A computer device, characterized in that the computer device comprises a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, wherein the computer program implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 when executed by the processor.
  12. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
PCT/CN2023/113374 2022-10-31 2023-08-16 Communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium WO2024093441A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211343715.8 2022-10-31
CN202211343715.8A CN116723552A (en) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 Communication method, device, equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024093441A1 true WO2024093441A1 (en) 2024-05-10

Family

ID=87864817

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/113374 WO2024093441A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2023-08-16 Communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116723552A (en)
WO (1) WO2024093441A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111405622A (en) * 2020-03-20 2020-07-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Switching method and device based on voice quality, terminal and storage medium
CN113438702A (en) * 2021-07-06 2021-09-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell switching method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN113573377A (en) * 2021-06-24 2021-10-29 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Network optimization method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN114158033A (en) * 2020-09-07 2022-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Network system and terminal equipment
CN114390610A (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-22 荣耀终端有限公司 Cell switching method, communication device and storage medium
CN115087052A (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-09-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Voice calling method, voice calling device, storage medium and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107770793A (en) * 2017-12-11 2018-03-06 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method for switching network, device and equipment
CN111629384B (en) * 2019-02-27 2021-12-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Call completion rate improving method and base station
CN113676935B (en) * 2020-05-14 2024-03-26 华为技术有限公司 Method and terminal for improving call quality
CN113596947A (en) * 2021-08-17 2021-11-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Network switching method and device and electronic equipment
CN113873597A (en) * 2021-10-11 2021-12-31 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Data processing method, device, terminal equipment and storage medium
CN114125739B (en) * 2021-11-15 2023-09-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Network switching method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN114173389A (en) * 2021-12-03 2022-03-11 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Processing method, mobile terminal and storage medium

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111405622A (en) * 2020-03-20 2020-07-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Switching method and device based on voice quality, terminal and storage medium
CN114158033A (en) * 2020-09-07 2022-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Network system and terminal equipment
CN114390610A (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-22 荣耀终端有限公司 Cell switching method, communication device and storage medium
CN115087052A (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-09-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Voice calling method, voice calling device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN113573377A (en) * 2021-06-24 2021-10-29 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Network optimization method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN113438702A (en) * 2021-07-06 2021-09-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell switching method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116723552A (en) 2023-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3917210A1 (en) Network card switching method and electronic device
WO2021164580A1 (en) 5g sa network-based calling method, electronic device and system
CN102045864B (en) Wireless communication terminal and wireless communication system
WO2021227615A1 (en) Method for improving call quality, and terminal
US20170223721A1 (en) Selective Prioritization of Voice Over Data
US11582649B2 (en) Communications method and apparatus
WO2019210754A1 (en) Network search control method and device, and mobile terminal
CN105611584B (en) Switching device of conversing and method
CN110896528A (en) Method for operating functions and resources of electronic device
CN112492704B (en) Session management method, device, terminal equipment and computer readable storage medium
WO2023197655A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting network
WO2020168578A1 (en) Network searching method, and terminal device
US11076354B2 (en) Cell handover method and terminal device
US10728718B2 (en) Incoming call processing method, user equipment, and storage medium
CN113133074B (en) WiFi network switching method and device
CN114500716A (en) Cooperative call method, apparatus, device, storage medium and program product
KR20210094059A (en) Connection establishment method and terminal device
WO2024093441A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
CN104205994B (en) The device and method synchronous for mode of operation in a wireless communication system
WO2023174222A1 (en) Voice service processing method, device, and readable storage medium
CN115226089A (en) Call capability monitoring method, device, terminal and readable storage medium
CN114125739B (en) Network switching method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
US20230101731A1 (en) Method for increasing paging response speed of terminal and terminal
WO2021208859A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus
US20130028159A1 (en) Silent power-save mode for a wireless communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23884380

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1